advertisement
Version 1.0
July 2021
702P08641
Xerox
®
EC8036/EC8056 Color
Multifunction Printer
User Guide
©2021 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox ® , Xerox and Design ® , FreeFlow ® , SMARTsend ® , Scan to PC Desktop ® ,
MeterAssistant ® , SuppliesAssistant ® , Xerox Secure Access Unified ID System ® , Xerox Extensible Interface Platform ® , and
Global Print Driver ® are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and / or other countries.
Adobe ® , Adobe PDF logo, Adobe ® Reader ® , Adobe ® Type Manager ® , ATM ™ , Flash ® , Macromedia ® , Photoshop ® , and
PostScript ® are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.
Apple ® , Bonjour ® , EtherTalk ™ , TrueType ® , iPad ® , iPhone ® , iPod ® , iPod touch ® , AirPrint ® and the AirPrint Logo ® , Mac ® , OS X ® , macOS ® and Macintosh ® are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Bluetooth ® is a trademark of the Bluetooth SIG.
Gmail ™ webmail service and Android ™ mobile technology platform are trademarks of Google, Inc.
HP-GL ® , HP-UX ® , and PCL ® are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
IBM ® and AIX ® are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
McAfee ® , ePolicy Orchestrator ® , and McAfee ePO ™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of McAfee, Inc. in the United
States and other countries.
Microsoft ® , Windows Vista ® , Windows ® , Windows Server ® , and OneDrive ® are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Mopria is a trademark of the Mopria Alliance.
Novell ® , NetWare ® , NDPS ® , NDS ® , IPX ™ , and Novell Distributed Print Services™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
PANTONE ® and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc.
SGI ® and IRIX ® are registered trademarks of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States and/ or other countries.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates in the United
States and other countries.
UNIX ® is a trademark in the United States and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited.
Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Wi-Fi Direct ® is a trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.
Table of Contents
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3
Table of Contents
Downloading the Configuration Report from the Embedded Web Server .......................... 48
4 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Table of Contents
Adding or Editing Contacts in the Device Address Book from the Control Panel .............. 107
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5
Table of Contents
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights for Automatic 2-Sided Printing................................ 184
6 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Table of Contents
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
7
Table of Contents
Configuration with Business Ready Finisher, Booklet Maker, and CZ Folder ..................... 325
Configuration with Business Ready Finisher, Booklet Maker, CZ Folder, and High-
8 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Table of Contents
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
9
Table of Contents
10 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1
Safety
This chapter contains:
Your printer and the recommended supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. Attention to the following information ensures the continued safe operation of your
Xerox printer.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
11
Notices and Safety
Read the following instructions carefully before operating your printer. Refer to these instructions to ensure the continued safe operation of your printer.
Your Xerox ® printer and supplies are designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. These include safety agency evaluation and certification, and compliance with electromagnetic regulations and established environmental standards.
The safety and environment testing and performance of this product have been verified using Xerox ® materials only.
Note: Unauthorized alterations, which can include the addition of new functions or connection of external devices, can affect the product certification. For more information, contact your
Xerox representative.
12 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Electrical Safety
WARNING:
• Do not push objects into slots or openings on the printer. Touching a voltage point or shorting out a part could result in fire or electric shock.
• Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws unless you are installing optional equipment and are instructed to do so. Power off the printer when performing these installations. Disconnect the power cord when removing covers and guards for installing optional equipment. Except for user-installable options, there are no parts that you can maintain or service behind these covers.
The following are hazards to your safety:
• The power cord is damaged or frayed.
• Liquid is spilled into the printer.
• The printer is exposed to water.
• The printer emits smoke, or the surface is unusually hot.
• The printer emits unusual noise or odors.
• The printer causes a circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device to activate.
If any of these conditions occur, do the following:
1. Power off the printer immediately.
2. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.
3. Call an authorized service representative.
Carefully read the following instructions before operating your printer. For details, contact your Xerox representative.
WARNING:
• The electrical supply for the device must meet the requirements stated on the data plate on the rear of the device. If you are not sure that your electrical supply meets the requirements, consult your local electricity provider or a licensed electrician.
• Do not use an extension cord.
• Do not remove or modify the power cord.
Refer to these instructions to ensure the continued safe operation of your printer.
• Use the power cord supplied with your printer.
• Plug the power cord directly into a properly grounded electrical outlet. Ensure that each end of the cord is connected securely. If you do not know if an outlet is grounded, ask an electrician to check the outlet.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
13
• Do not use a ground adapter plug to connect the printer to an electrical outlet that does not have a ground connection terminal.
WARNING: Avoid the potential of electrical shock by ensuring that the printer is grounded properly. Electrical products can be hazardous if misused.
• Verify that the printer is plugged into an outlet that is providing the correct voltage and power.
Review the electrical specification of the printer with an electrician if necessary.
• Do not place the printer in an area where people can step on the power cord.
• Do not place objects on the power cord.
• Replace the power cord if it becomes frayed or worn.
• Do not unplug or plug the power cord while the printer is turned on.
• To avoid electrical shock and damage to the cord, grasp the plug when unplugging the power cord.
• The electrical outlet must be near the printer and must be easily accessible.
The power cord is attached to the printer as a plug-in device on the back of the printer. If it is necessary to disconnect all electrical power from the printer, disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. For details, refer to the User Guide .
If any of the following conditions occur, power off the printer immediately and disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet. Contact an authorized Xerox service representative to correct the problem if:
• The equipment emits unusual odors or makes unusual noises.
• The power cable is damaged or frayed.
• A wall panel circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device has been tripped.
• Liquid is spilled into the printer.
• The printer is exposed to water.
• Any part of the printer is damaged.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) or larger telecommunication line cord.
14 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Operational Safety
Your printer and supplies were designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. These include safety agency examination, approval, and compliance with established environmental standards.
Your attention to the following safety guidelines helps to ensure the continued, safe operation of your printer.
• Do not remove any paper trays while the printer is printing.
• Do not open the doors when the printer is printing.
• Do not move the printer when it is printing.
• Keep hands, hair, neckties, and so on, away from the exit and feed rollers.
• Covers, which require tools for removal, protect the hazard areas within the printer. Do not remove the protective covers.
• Do not override any electrical or mechanical interlock devices.
• Do not attempt to remove paper that is jammed deeply inside the product. Power off the printer promptly and contact your local Xerox representative.
• Ensure that the rear right cover is attached. Open this cover to connecting an interface cable.
This printer produces ozone during normal operation. The amount of ozone produced is dependent on copy volume. Ozone is heavier than air and is not produced in amounts large enough to harm anyone.
Install the printer in a well-ventilated room.
For more information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/about-xerox/ environment/enus.html
. In other markets, please contact your local Xerox representative or go to www.xerox.co.uk/about-xerox/environment/engb.html
.
PPrriinntteerr LLooccaattiioonn
• Place the printer on a level, solid, non-vibrating surface with adequate strength to hold its weight.
To find the weight for your printer configuration, refer to the User Guide .
• Do not block or cover the slots or openings on the printer. These openings are provided for ventilation and to prevent overheating of the printer.
• Place the printer in an area where there is adequate space for operation and servicing.
• Place the printer in a dust-free area.
• Do not store or operate the printer in an extremely hot, cold, or humid environment.
• Do not place the printer near a heat source.
• Do not place the printer in direct sunlight to avoid exposure to light-sensitive components.
• Do not place the printer where it is directly exposed to the cold air flow from an air conditioning system.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
15
• Do not place the printer in locations susceptible to vibrations.
• For optimum performance, use the printer at the elevations specified in the User Guide .
PPrriinntteerr SSuupppplliieess
• Use the supplies designed for your printer. The use of unsuitable materials can cause poor performance and a possible safety hazard.
• Follow all warnings and instructions marked on, or supplied with, the product, options, and supplies.
• Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.
• Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.
• Never throw toner, toner cartridges, drum cartridges, or waste cartridges into an open flame.
• When handling cartridges, for example toner cartridges, avoid skin and eye contact. Eye contact with toner can cause irritation and inflammation. Do not attempt to disassemble the cartridge, which can increase the risk of skin or eye contact.
Caution: Use of non-Xerox supplies is not recommended. The Xerox Warranty or Service
Agreement do not cover damage, malfunction, or degradation of performance caused by use of non-Xerox supplies, or the use of Xerox supplies not specified for this printer.
16 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance Safety
Do not attempt any maintenance procedure that is not specifically described in the documentation supplied with your printer.
• Clean the device with a dry lint-free cloth only.
• Do not burn any consumables or routine maintenance items. For information on Xerox ® supplies recycling programs, go to www.xerox.com/recycling
WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or flammable when used on electromechanical equipment.
When installing the device in a hallway or similar restricted area, additional space requirements can apply. Ensure that you comply with all workspace safety regulations, building codes, and fire codes for your area.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
17
Printer Symbols
Symbol Description
Warning:
Indicates a serious hazard that can result in death or serious injury if not avoided.
Hot Warning:
Hot surface on or in the printer. Use caution to avoid personal injury.
Warning:
Moving parts. To avoid personal injury, use caution.
Caution:
Indicates a mandatory action to take in order to avoid damage to the property.
Caution:
To avoid damage to the property, be careful not to spill toner when handling the waste cartridge.
Do not touch the part or area of the printer.
Do not expose the drum cartridges to direct sunlight.
Do not burn the toner cartridges.
Do not burn the waste cartridge.
Do not burn the drum cartridges.
18 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Symbol Description
Do not use paper attached with staples or any form of binding clip.
Do not use folded, creased, curled, or wrinkled paper.
Do not use inkjet paper.
Do not use transparencies or overhead projector sheets.
Do not reload paper previously printed on or used.
Do not copy money, revenue stamps, or postage stamps.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
19
Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact
Information
For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox product and supplies, contact in the United States and Canada: 1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376).
For product safety information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/about-xerox/ environment/enus.html
.
20 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
2
Getting Started
This chapter contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
21
Parts of the Printer
1. Leveler Foot
2. Tray 5
3. Left Tray
4. USB Port
5. Document Cover
6. Document Glass
7. Power/Wake Button
8. Control Panel
9. Center Output Tray
10.
Center Bottom Tray
11.
Main Power Switch behind Front Door
12.
Trays 1–4
13.
Locking Casters
22 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Confirmation Indicator
2. Top Cover
3. Document Guides
4. Document Feeder Tray
5. Document Output Tray
6. Constant Velocity Transport (CVT) Glass
7. Document Glass
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
23
The duplex automatic document feeder scans both sides of 2-sided documents at the same time. The confirmation indicator illuminates when you load the original documents correctly. The duplex automatic document feeder automatically detects standard paper sizes.
The duplex automatic document feeder accommodates the following paper sizes and weights:
• Original document weights: 38–128 g/m².
• Original document sizes: 85 x 125 mm (3.3 x 4.9 in.) through 297 x 432 mm (11.7 x 17 in.).
• Original document quantity: 130 sheets of 80 g/m² paper.
Follow these guidelines when loading original documents into the duplex automatic document feeder:
• Load original documents face up so that the top of the document enters the feeder first.
• Place only loose sheets of undamaged paper in the duplex automatic document feeder.
• Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.
• Insert paper in the duplex automatic document feeder only when ink on the paper is dry.
• Do not load original documents above the MAX fill line.
Lift the document feeder cover and place the first page face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass. Align the original documents to the matching paper size printed on the edge of the glass.
• The document glass accepts paper sizes up to 297 x 432mm (11.7 x 17in.).
• The document glass automatically detects standard paper sizes.
Use the document glass rather than the duplex automatic document feeder to copy or scan the following types of original documents:
• Paper with paper clips or staples attached
• Paper with wrinkles, curls, folds, tears, or notches
• Coated or carbonless paper or items other than paper, such as cloth or metal
• Envelopes
• Books
The control panel consists of a touch screen and buttons you press to control the functions available on the printer. The control panel:
• Displays the current operating status of the printer.
• Provides access to print, copy, and scan features.
• Provides access to reference materials.
• Provides access to Tools and Setup menus.
24 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
• Prompts you to load paper, replace supplies, and clear jams.
• Displays errors and warnings.
• Provides the Power/Wake button used for powering on or off the printer. This button also supports the power-saver modes, and blinks to indicate the power status of the printer.
2
3
4
Item
1
Name
NFC Area
Touch Screen Display
Home Button
Power/Wake
Description
Near Field Communication (NFC), is a technology that enables devices to communicate when they are within 10 cm (4 in.) of each other. Use the NFC area to obtain a network interface or to establish a TCP/IP connection between your device and the printer.
The screen displays information and provides access to printer functions.
This button provides access to the Home menu for access to printer features, such as copy, scan, and fax.
This button serves several power-related functions.
• When the printer is powered off, this button powers on the printer.
• When the printer is powered on, pressing this button displays a menu on the control panel. From this menu, you can choose to enter Sleep mode, restart, or power off the printer.
• When the printer is powered on, but in Sleep mode, pressing this button wakes the printer.
• When the printer is powered on, holding this button for 10 seconds turns off the printer.
This button blinks to indicate the power status of the printer.
• When the light blinks slowly, the printer is in Sleep mode.
• When the light blinks rapidly, the printer is powering down.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
25
8
9
6
7
Item
5
Name
Status LED
Notification Area
Interrupt Button
Pause Button
Language Button
10 Reset
Description
This light blinks blue or amber to indicate printer status.
Blue
• Blinks blue once to acknowledge a successful Authentication request.
• Blinks blue once slowly for a copy or print job initiated at the control panel.
• Blinks blue twice slowly for fax or print job received from the network.
• Blinks blue rapidly while the printer is powering up, or to signal detection of a Wi-Fi Direct connection request.
Amber
• Blinks amber to indicate an error condition or warning that requires your attention. For example, an out-of-toner condition, a paper jam, or out of paper for the current job.
• Blinks amber to indicate a system error, which typically is associated with an error code.
Notifications are displayed above the Apps area. To view the full notification, touch the notification area. After you have reviewed the information, touch X .
This button pauses the current job to run a more urgent job.
Note: This option may be hidden from view. To enable
Interrupt, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
Use this button to pause the current job. The job pauses with the option to resume printing or delete the job.
The Language button allows you to set the language that appears temporarily on the control panel display.
Note: This option may be hidden from view. For details, see the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Note: Use the Reset button to reset all the apps to their default settings.
26 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
IInntteerrnnaall PPaarrttss
1. Second Bias Transfer Roller
2. Fuser Assembly
3. Drum Cartridge Release Lever
4. Toner Cartridges
5. Main Power Switch
6. Transfer Belt Cleaner
7. Waste Container
8. Drum Cartridges
9. Drum Cartridge Cover
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
27
1. Circuit Breaker
2. Rear Right Cover
3. USB Memory Card Connections and SIM
Slot
4. USB Port, Type A
5. USB Port, Type B
6. Status Indicator
7. Side 2 Scan Cable
8. Data Port, for service only
9. Ethernet Connection
10.
11.
Foreign Device Interface (optional)
Fax Connections (optional)
12.
Door D Release Lever
13.
Door A Release Lever
14.
Door B Release Lever
15.
Door C Release Lever
Note: Ensure that the rear right cover is attached. To connect an interface cable, open this cover.
28 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Tray 6 - High Capacity Feeder
2. Work Surface
3. Convenience Stapler
4. RFID Kit
5. Trays 1 and 2
6. Trays 2–4 of the 3-Tray Module
7. Trays 3 and 4 of the High-Capacity
Tandem Tray Module
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
29
Integrated Office Finisher
1. Staple Cartridge
2. Finisher Front Door
3. Finisher Top Cover
4. Center Tray
5. Integrated Office Finisher
30 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Office Finisher LX
1. Front Transport Cover
2. Hole Punch Waste Container (optional)
3. Hole Punch Unit (optional)
4. Center Tray
5. Right Tray Attachment
6. Booklet Maker (optional)
7. Booklet Maker Side Cover (optional)
8. Booklet Maker Staple Cartridge (optional)
9. Finisher Top Cover
10.
Right Tray
11.
Creaser Unit (optional)
12.
Staple Cartridge
13.
Finisher Front Cover
14.
Office Finisher LX
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
31
Business Ready Finisher with Optional Booklet Maker
1. Horizontal Transport Unit
2. Finisher Front Cover
3. Right Top Tray
4. Right Middle Tray
5. Staple Cartridge
6. Booklet Maker Tray
7. Booklet Staple Unit
8. Booklet Maker Unit
32 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Business Ready Finisher with Optional C/Z Folder
1. Folder Front Cover
2. Folder Bin Release Button
3. Folder Bin
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
33
Configuring Dedicated Paper Trays
The system administrator can set trays to Fully Adjustable mode or Dedicated mode. When a paper tray is set to Fully Adjustable mode, you can change paper settings each time that you load the tray.
When a paper tray is set to Dedicated mode, the control panel prompts you to load a specific paper size, type, and color.
Your printer can have three high-capacity paper trays installed, depending on the configuration.
• High-Capacity Trays are configured as Dedicated trays.
• Trays 3 and 4 in the Tandem Module, and High Capacity Tray 6 hold A4-size (210 x 297 mm),
Letter-size (8.5 x 11 in.), JIS B5-size (182 x 257 mm), or Executive-size (7.25 x 10.5 in.) paper.
• High-Capacity Trays are designed to hold larger amounts of paper for fewer printing interruptions.
Note: To configure tray settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.
com .
Configuring Trays 3 and 4 of the Tandem Tray Module
Trays 3 and 4 in the Tandem Tray Module are high-capacity paper trays. Configure Trays 3 and 4 to support the paper in use.
If you are configuring the trays for the first time, configure them for the paper size that you need. If you change the paper size, reconfigure the tray for the new paper size. For details on supported paper sizes, refer to
Supported Standard Paper Sizes
.
To configure Trays 3 and 4 in the Tandem Tray Module:
Note: Before you make any tray adjustments, compare the paper size to the current Tray 3 and
4 configurations. If the paper size matches the tray configuration, no tray adjustment is needed.
1. Remove any paper from the tray.
2. Pinch the guide lock on the front paper guide, then slide the paper guide to the required paper size.
3. To lock the paper guides into place, release the guide lock.
Note: The paper guides lock into place only at the designated standard paper sizes.
Configuring Tray 6
Tray 6 is a dedicated High-Capacity Tray. You can configure Tray 6 to support the paper size that you need. For details on supported paper sizes, refer to
Supported Standard Paper Sizes
.
To configure Tray 6:
Note: Before you make any tray adjustments, compare the paper size to the current Tray 6 configuration. If the paper size matches the tray configuration, no tray adjustment is needed.
34 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Remove the screw that holds the spacer plate at the back of the tray.
2. To remove the spacer plate, lift it up and out of the tray.
3. Place the tabs at the bottom of the spacer plate into the slots in the bottom of Tray 6 that correspond with the paper size.
4. Slide down the top of the spacer plate to engage the peg on the back of the tray into the matching hole in the spacer plate.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
35
5. Install the screw to secure the spacer plate.
6. Repeat these steps to adjust the spacer plate at the front of Tray 6.
7. On the top of the side gate, locate the pin.
8. Lift the pin, then guide it into the desired paper size in the slot.
9. To lock the side gate into place, release the pin.
The wireless network adapter is a USB device that transfers data between the printer and a wireless local area network (LAN). The wireless network adapter supports common wireless security protocols, such as WEP, WPA, WPA2, and 802.1X standard port-based network access control.
36 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
The wireless network adapter allows multiple users on a wireless LAN to print to and scan from Xerox ® printers. The wireless network adapter also supports printers that include network scan and fax features.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
37
Power Options
The printer has two power switches. The main power switch, located behind the front door, controls the main power to the printer. The secondary power switch is the Power/Wake button on the control panel. The Power/Wake button controls power to the printer electronic components, and when powered off, initiates a software-controlled shutdown procedure. The preferred method to power on and off the printer is to use the Power/Wake button.
• To power on the printer, open the front door, then power on the main power switch. On the control panel, press the Power/Wake button.
• To enter Sleep mode, press the Power/Wake button.
Note:
• When in Sleep mode, the touch screen and scanner are powered off and unresponsive during a print job execution. To wake the printer manually, press the Power/Wake button.
• If Auto Power Off is enabled, the printer powers off automatically after the specified conditions are met. To enable Auto Power Off mode, contact your System Administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Caution: Do not plug or unplug the power cord while the printer is powered on.
RReessttaarrttiinngg,, PPllaacciinngg iinn SSlleeeepp M tthhee PPrriinntteerr
To restart the printer, place the printer in Sleep Mode, or power off the printer:
38 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. At the printer control panel, press the Power/Wake button.
2. Select an option.
• To restart the printer, touch Restart .
• To place the printer in Sleep Mode, touch Sleep .
In Sleep Mode, the touch screen goes dark and the Power/Wake button flashes.
• To power off the printer, touch Power Off .
• If the printer does not respond to a single press of the Power/Wake button, then press and hold the button for 5 seconds. A Please Wait message appears as the printer powers down.
After 10 seconds, the touch screen goes dark and the Power/Wake button flashes until the printer powers down.
3. If you are powering off the printer for an extended period, open the printer front door, then power off the main power switch.
Caution: Do not unplug the power cord while the printer powers down.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
39
Accessing the Printer
Authentication is the process of confirming your identity. When the system administrator enables authentication, the printer compares the information that you provide to another source of information, such as an LDAP directory. The information can be a user name and password, or the information stored on a magnetic, proximity, RFID, or smart card. If the information is valid, you are considered an authenticated user.
There are several ways to authenticate a user:
• User Name/Password - Validate on the Device : This option enables local authentication. Users prove their identity by typing a user name and password at the control panel or in the Embedded
Web Server. The printer compares the user credentials to the information stored in the user database. If there are a limited number of users, or you do not have access to an authentication server, use this authentication method.
• User Name/Password - Validate on the Network : This option enables network authentication.
Users prove their identity by typing a user name and password at the control panel or in the
Embedded Web Server. The printer compares the user credentials to the information stored on an authentication server.
• Convenience Authentication : If this option is enabled, a card with a magnetic strip or a Radio
Frequency Identification (RFID) card is used. A convenience authentication card is different from a Smart Card, which uses an embedded chip and typically requires a login and password. If the optional integrated RFID reader is installed, for authentication, users place a pre-programmed card over the RFID reader at the control panel.
• Xerox Secure Access - Unified ID System : This option enables authentication for the Xerox
Secure Access Unified ID System. Users present a pre-programmed identification card to a card reader at the control panel. The printer compares the user credentials to the information stored on the Xerox ® Secure Access server.
• Smart Cards : This option enables authentication for a Smart Card Reader. Users insert a preprogrammed identification card in a card reader at the control panel.
Note: The system administrator can allow you to type your user name and password when
Convenience Authentication or Smart Card is the primary authentication method. If the administrator configures an alternative authentication method, and you misplace your card, you can still access the printer.
For information about configuring Authentication settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Authorization is the function of specifying the features that users are allowed to access, and the process of approving or disapproving access. You can configure the printer to allow users to access the printer, but restrict access to certain features, tools, and apps. For example, you can allow users to access copying but restrict access to scanning. You can also control access to features at specific times of the day. For example, you can restrict a group of users from printing during peak business hours.
40 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
There are two types of authorization:
• Local Authorization verifies user information on the printer to approve access.
• Network Authorization verifies user information stored externally in a network database, such as an LDAP directory, to approve access.
For information about configuring Authorization settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
PPeerrssoonnaalliizzaattiioonn
Personalization is the process of customizing apps for a specific user. When a user logs in to the device and personalized information is required, the device searches an LDAP directory for the information. Personalized information examples are a Home destination or email address. The device uses the personalized information to complete the task.
For information about configuring settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.
xerox.com
.
Accounting is used to track and record the numbers of Copy, Print, Workflow Scanning, Server Fax, and Fax jobs that the device produces for each user. The system administrator must create user accounts and enable the accounting feature. After Accounting is enabled, log in to the printer to access restricted apps. Before printing documents from a computer, provide your account details in the print driver.
The system administrator can set limits to restrict the total number of jobs by type that a user can send to the printer. The administrator can generate reports listing usage data for individual users and groups.
For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
LLooggggiinngg IInn
Logging in is the process by which you identify yourself to the printer for authentication. If authentication is set, to access printer features, you log in with your user credentials.
Note:
• Before logging in for the first time at the Xerox device control panel, log in to the Embedded
Web Server, then update your password. For details, refer to
.
• If you do not know your user name or password, contact your system administrator.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In .
3. For User Name, use the keypad and enter your name, then touch Next .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
41
4. If prompted, enter the password, then touch Done .
Note: To access each app that is password-protected, repeat steps 3 and 4.
42 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Introduction to Xerox® Apps
Xerox ® Apps are a gateway to the features and functions of your device. There are standard Apps already installed and displayed on the Home screen. Some Apps are installed as standard, but are hidden when you use your device for the first time. You can show, hide, or reorder Apps on the Home screen using the settings available in the Embedded Web Server.
For details about displaying, configuring, and customizing the Apps, refer to the System Administrator
Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
A range of Apps are available for download and installation from the Xerox ® App Gallery. These include Xerox ® Extensible Interface Platform (EIP) Apps. EIP Apps enable you to install secure, signed apps on compatible printers.
For more information about using the Xerox ® App Gallery and downloading Apps, refer to
.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
43
Information Pages
Your printer has a set of information pages that you can print. These pages include configuration and font information, demonstration pages, and more.
To print an information page, select an option, then touch Print .
The following Information Pages are available:
Name
Configuration Report
Billing Summary
Getting Started
Troubleshooting Print Quality Page
Supplies Usage Page
Graphics Demo Page
PCL Font List
PostScript Font List
Description
The Configuration Report provides printer information including the serial number, installed options, network settings, port setup, tray information, and more.
The Billing Summary Report provides information about the device and a detailed listing of the billing meters and sheet counts.
The Getting Started guide provides an overview of the key features of the printer.
The Troubleshooting Print Quality Page provides a list of common print-quality problems and tips to help solve them.
The Supplies Usage Page provides coverage information and part numbers for reordering supplies.
Print this page to check the quality of graphics.
The PCL Font List provides a printout of all PCL fonts that are available on the printer.
The PostScript Font List provides a printout of all
PostScript fonts that are available on the printer.
The Configuration Report provides product information including installed options, network settings, port setup, tray information, and more.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device > Information Pages .
3. Touch Configuration Report , then touch Print .
44 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
45
The Embedded Web Server
The Embedded Web Server is the administration and configuration software that is installed in the printer. It allows System Administrators to modify network and system settings on the printer remotely using a Web browser.
You can check the status of the printer, monitor paper and supply levels, and submit and track print jobs. All these functions can be accessed from the convenience of your computer.
The Embedded Web Server requires:
• A TCP/IP connection between the printer and the network in Windows, Macintosh, UNIX, or Linux environments.
• TCP/IP and HTTP enabled in the printer.
• A network-connected computer with a Web browser that supports JavaScript.
At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
To use the Embedded Web Server, click the page required:
• Home : This page provides a description of the printer and current notifications, the status of the paper trays, and supplies and billing information. There is a Quick Links area at the bottom of the page that provides direct access to key functions and pages.
• Jobs : The Jobs page enables you to manage active jobs on the printer, view, print, and delete saved jobs, and create and manage saved job folders.
• Print : This page enables you to submit print-ready files to the printer for printing. You can select options for print jobs using this page. Only print-ready files can be submitted, for example PDF, PS,
PCL, and XPS file formats.
• Scan : The Scan page enables you to create distribution workflows and mailboxes for scanned documents.
• Address Book : Use the Address Book page to create a Device Address Book containing contacts for use with the fax, email, and scanning apps. You can configure the printer to use a Network
Address book that looks up addresses from an LDAP directory. The printer can also be configured to use a Network Address Book, which looks up addresses from an LDAP directory. If both the
Address Book and Device Address Book are configured, users are presented with a choice when they use a compatible app.
• Properties : You can use the Properties tab to access and configure settings for your device. System administrator login credentials are required to change most settings.
• Support : This page provides access to general support information and telephone numbers. You can use the Support page to access the Remote Control Panel and send diagnostic information to
Xerox.
The Embedded Web Server has a Help option that provides information about all available device features and functions. To access Help, click the Help link displayed at the bottom of each page.
Navigate to the topic required, or use the Search function to find specific information.
For detailed instructions on how to use the Embedded Web Server to configure printer settings, refer
46 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To access certain features, tools, and apps, log in to the Embedded Web Server for your device.
Note: Access to some restricted functions requires administrator rights. For more information, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To log in to the Embedded Web Server:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
2. In the top right area of the page, click Login .
3. Enter your User ID and password, then click Login .
4. If you are logging in for the first time, set up a password.
a.
Type the old password.
b.
Type a new password. To verify the password, retype it.
Note: The new password must adhere to all minimum password requirements. For details, contact your system administrator, or refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
c.
Click Save . The new password is stored.
To install the print driver for a network-connected printer, it is often necessary to know the IP address of your printer. Also, the IP address is used to access the settings of your printer through the
Embedded Web Server. You can view the IP address of your printer on the control panel or on the
Configuration Report.
Note: To view the TCP/IP address on the control panel, wait until the printer has been on for 2 minutes. If the TCP/IP address is 0.0.0.0, or begins with 169, it indicates a network connectivity issue. However, if Wi-Fi is set as the primary Ethernet connection, 0.0.0.0 is displayed as the IP address for the printer.
To view the IP address of the printer on the control panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device > About .
3. Record the IP address from the display.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
To obtain the printer IP address from the Configuration Report:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
47
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device > About > Information Pages .
3. Touch Configuration Report .
The IP address appears in the Connectivity section of the Configuration Report for IPv4 or IPv6.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Doow mbbeeddddeedd W
From the Embedded Web Server, you can download and save a copy of the Configuration Report to your computer hard drive. Use Configuration Reports from multiple devices to compare software versions, configurations, and compliance information.
To download a copy of the Configuration Report from the Embedded Web Server:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
Note: For details about obtaining the IP address of your printer, refer to
.
2. To download the Configuration Report, scroll to the bottom of the page. In the Quick Links section, click Download Configuration Report .
Note: If the Download Configuration Report feature does not appear, log in as a system administrator.
The document is saved automatically as an XML file in the default download location on your computer hard drive. To open the Configuration Report, use an XML viewer.
48 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Installation and Setup
For reference:
• Installation Guide packaged with your printer
• Online Support Assistant at www.support.xerox.com
Before you print, ensure that your computer and the printer are plugged in, powered on, and connected. Configure the initial settings of the printer, then install the print driver software and utilities on your computer.
You can connect to your printer directly from your computer using USB, or connect to a network using an Ethernet cable or wireless connection. Hardware and cabling requirements vary for the different connection methods. Routers, network hubs and switches, modems, Ethernet cables, and USB cables are not included with your printer and must be purchased separately. Xerox recommends an Ethernet connection because it is typically faster than a USB connection, and it provides access to the
Embedded Web Server.
For more information, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
SSeelleeccttiinngg aa LLooccaattiioonn ffoorr tthhee PPrriinntteerr
1. Select a dust-free area with temperatures from 10-28°C (50-83°F), and relative humidity 15-85%.
Note: Sudden temperature fluctuations can affect print quality. Rapid heating of a cold room can cause condensation inside the printer, directly interfering with image transfer.
2. Place the printer on a level, solid, non-vibrating surface with adequate strength to hold the weight of the printer. The printer must be horizontal with all four castors in solid contact with the surface.
To find the weight for your printer configuration, refer to
. Select a location with adequate clearance to access supplies and to provide proper ventilation. To find the clearance requirements for your printer, refer to
.
3. After positioning the printer, you are ready to connect it to the power source and computer or network.
Use a Category 5 or better Ethernet cable to connect the printer to the network. An Ethernet network is used for one or more computers and supports many printers and systems simultaneously. An
Ethernet connection provides direct access to printer settings using the Embedded Web Server.
To connect the printer:
1. Connect the power cord to the printer, then plug the cord into an electrical outlet.
2. Connect one end of a Category 5 or better Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the back of the printer. Connect the other end of the cable to a correctly-configured network port.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
49
3. Power on the printer.
For details on configuring connection settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
If you have purchased the Wireless Network Adapter, you can use the Wireless Wizard to connect the device to a wireless network. If the device is connected to a wired network, you can configure wireless settings in the Embedded Web Server.
Note:
• For more information, refer to the Xerox ® Wireless Network Adapter Kit Hardware Install and Setup instructions that are included with the kit.
• The device uses either the wireless or the wired network connection. Activating one network connection deactivates the other network connection.
For details on configuring wireless network settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
You can connect to your printer from any Wi-Fi-enabled mobile device, such as a tablet, computer, or smart phone, using Wi-Fi Direct or Soft AP features. The Wi-Fi Direct feature is disabled by default on the Xerox device.
Note: The Wi-Fi Direct feature is available only on printers with the optional Wireless Network
Adapter installed. After you install the Wireless Network Adapter, the Wi-Fi Direct feature is enabled by default.
Wi-Fi Direct Overview
The Wi-Fi Direct feature allows you to print from a mobile device to your printer, using one of the following methods.
• WPS push button, for Wi-Fi Direct-enabled Android devices with the Mopria print plug-in installed.
• Soft Access Point (AP), for Apple iPhones and other mobile devices that do not support the Wi-Fi
Direct function.
For information about using the Wi-Fi Direct feature on your mobile device, or connecting to the printer using the Soft AP feature, refer the mobile device documentation from the manufacturer.
For information about configuring the Wi-Fi Direct feature on your printer, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Using Wi-Fi Direct on Your Mobile Device
The Wi-Fi Direct WPS Push Button feature requires the Mopria Print Service App installed on your mobile device. The printer does not require a wireless connection.
Installing Mopria Print Service
1. On your mobile device, go to the Google Play Store, then search for Mopria Print Service .
50 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
2. Install the Mopria Print Service App.
3. Go to Settings , then touch Printing .
4. Go to the notification area, then touch Mopria Print Service .
5. To enable Mopria Print Service, touch On .
6. Exit Settings .
Your mobile device searches for Wi-Fi Direct-enabled printers that are in range of the mobile device.
Using Wi-Fi Direct on your Printer
Wi-Fi Direct is a direct wireless connection from your mobile device to the printer. The Wi-Fi Direct feature is enabled by default when the Wi-Fi hardware is installed.
Using the Wi-Fi Direct feature does not require a wireless network connection to a printer. Contact your System Administrator to connect your printer to a wired or wireless network.
Printing Using Wi-Fi Direct
To print a document from a Wi-Fi-enabled mobile device:
1. On the mobile device, open the document that you want to print.
2. In the device application, select the Print button.
3. If there is more than one printer in the area with Wi-Fi Direct enabled, select the required printer from the list.
4. Select the print settings required for the job.
5. Submit the job for printing.
A message appears on the mobile device.
6. Select Connect .
When the connection is made, a message appears on the printer.
7. At the printer control panel, touch OK .
The job prints.
Ensure that you have one of the following operating systems installed on your computer.
• Windows 7, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2008, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows
Server 2012, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019.
• macOS 10.14 and later.
• UNIX and Linux: Your printer supports connection to various UNIX platforms through the network interface.
To connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable:
1. Connect the B end of a standard A/B USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 cable to the USB Port on the back of the printer.
2. Connect the A end of the USB cable to the USB port on the computer.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
51
3. If the Windows Found New Hardware Wizard appears, cancel it.
4. Install the print driver.
For more information, refer to
Installing the Print Driver Software
.
NFC Overview
Near field communication (NFC) is a technology that enables devices to communicate when they are in close range. NFC allows you to add a printer to your
Android mobile device easily. After you add the printer, there is no need to use NFC on that printer. You can use NFC to obtain the network interface to establish a TCP/IP connection between your device and the printer.
Devices can communicate using NFC when they are within the following ranges:
• Device with case: 17–20 mm (0.7 x 0.8 in.)
• Device without case: 20–25 mm (0.8 x 1 in.)
Note: The range can vary depending on the device manufacturer. For information about the required settings for individual mobile devices, refer the documentation supplied by the manufacturer of your mobile device.
For details about configuring NFC on your printer, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
Using NFC on your Mobile Device
The NFC feature requires installation of the Xerox Print Service app on the mobile device.
Your mobile device must use the same Wi-Fi network environment as the printer. The printer does not need to have a wireless connection.
Note: NFC supports Android 4.4 or greater devices.
Installing the Xerox Print Service Plugin
1. On your mobile device, go to the Google Play Store, then search for Xerox Print Service Plugin .
2. Install the Xerox Print Service Plugin app.
3. Go to Settings , then touch Printing .
4. Go to the notification pull-down bar, then touch Xerox Print Service .
5. To enable Xerox Print Service , touch On .
6. Exit Settings .
Enabling NFC on the Mobile Device
Most mobile devices have NFC disabled by default.
To enable NFC:
1. Go to Settings .
52 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
2. Go to the NFC setting, then touch On.
3. Exit Settings .
Using NFC on your Printer
The NFC chip is on the bottom right of the control panel. When NFC is enabled, the NFC icon is lighted, and you can use the NFC function.
Refer to your mobile device user documentation for the mobile device NFC chip location.
Note: The NFC function must be enabled before use. For NFC enable instructions, refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Mapping the Printer to your Mobile Device
1. Open the Xerox Print Service Plugin .
2. At the top right side of the screen, touch the selection button, then select Add Printer .
3. Touch the NFC option.
4. Hold the mobile device over the NFC icon on the control panel.
The mobile device and the printer communicate with each other. The mobile device searches the network for the printer. When the printer is located, it is added to the list as a mapped printer.
You can submit print jobs from your mobile device to the printer.
Printing using Mopria
1. Open the document that you want to print.
2. At the top of the screen, select the Print button.
3. If there is more than one printer mapped for use with NFC, select the printer required.
4. Select the print settings required for the job.
5. Submit the job for printing.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
53
AirPrint is a software feature that allows you to print documents from Apple iOS-based mobile devices and Mac OS-based devices without a print driver. AirPrint-enabled printers allow you to print or fax directly from a Mac or from an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. You can use AirPrint to print from a wired or wireless device directly without using a print driver. You can also use AirPrint to scan from a printer to supported Apple devices.
Note:
• Not all applications support AirPrint.
• When AirPrint is enabled, HTTP, IPP, and Multicast DNS are enabled automatically.
• IPP enablement requires a Web server reset.
• The device that submits the AirPrint job must be on the same subnet as the printer. To allow devices to print from different subnets, configure your network to pass multicast DNS traffic across subnets.
• Supported mobile devices: all models of iPad, iPhone 3GS or later, and iPod touch third generation or later, running the latest version of iOS.
• If AirPrint is not available on your device, contact your Xerox representative.
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
Note: If you do not know the IP address for your printer, refer to
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Properties > Connectivity > Setup .
Note: If this feature does not appear, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
3. For Mobile Workflows, for AirPrint, click Edit .
4. Configure HTTP, IPP, and Multicast DNS Registration as required. To configure a protocol, click
Edit .
5. To enable AirPrint, for Enablement, select one or both options:
• Allow Printing/Faxing to be initiated From AirPrint Supported Devices
• Allow Scanning to be initiated From AirPrint (or Mopria) Supported Devices
Note:
54
• AirPrint Faxing is supported only on devices that have embedded fax enabled and are configured to allow sending.
• AirPrint Printing/Faxing is enabled by default.
• To require authentication for AirPrint Printing and Faxing, configure IPP authentication.
• Enabling scanning for AirPrint also enables scanning for Mopria.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. For Require Authentication for Scanning, select an option:
• Off : This option allows the device to scan without requiring authentication.
• HTTP Basic : This option authenticates with user accounts that are configured in the device user database or in the network database.
Note: HTTP Basic sends user login credentials as plain, unencrypted text over HTTP. To send encrypted login credentials, use HTTPS.
• HTTP Digest : This option authenticates with user accounts that are configured in the device user database.
7. If you selected HTTP Basic authentication, for Validation Location, select an option:
• Validation on the Device : This option enables IPP authentication of user accounts that are configured in the device user database.
• Validation on the Network : This option enables IPP authentication of user accounts that are configured on the network authentication server for the device.
Note: The same network authentication configuration is used on the printer for each login method that is configured for Network Authentication.
8. To edit the device name or location, for Device Name, Device Location, or Geographic Location, click Edit .
Note: Providing a device name can help users identify the device.
9. Click Save .
For additional information about AirPrint configuration and settings, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Google Cloud Print allows you to print documents from an Internet-connected device without using a print driver. Documents stored in the cloud, a personal computer, tablet, or smartphone can be sent to the printer from anywhere.
For more information on Google Cloud Print, including procedures for managing accounts, sharing printers, and printing, refer to the Google Cloud Print Help Center .
Before you begin:
• Set up a Google email account.
• Configure the printer to use IPv4.
• Configure Proxy Server settings as needed.
To configure Google Cloud Print:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
Note: If you do not know the IP address for your printer, refer to
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
55
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Properties > Connectivity > Setup .
Note: If this feature does not appear, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
3. For Mobile Workflows, for Google Cloud Print Service, click Edit .
4. For Status, for Registration Status, click Register Printer . The Printer Registration Options page opens.
5. To give the printer a user-friendly name, click Edit .
Note: Xerox recommends that you choose a user-friendly name that includes the printer location and department.
6. Click Continue to Register . The Options for Registering Your Printer page opens.
7. To change enablement settings, for Enablement, select options as needed.
8. Click Register Printer . The Google Cloud Print Service page reappears with a link that allows you to complete the device registration.
Note: If printer registration does not continue, to troubleshoot the problem, refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
9. Within 15 minutes, click the link for Enabled - Finish device registration . The Google Cloud Print
Printer confirmation page opens in a new browser tab.
Note:
• If prompted, log in to your Google account.
• If you do not click the link within 15 minutes, begin the registration process again.
10. Click Finish printer registration . A message confirms that the printer is registered. The Cloud
Printer is now ready to print.
11. To access the Google Cloud Print feature, in your Google account, click Manage Your Printer .
Note: The default printer name appears in this format: Model name (MAC address).
For additional information about Google Cloud Print configuration and settings, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) or larger telecommunication line cord.
1. Ensure that the printer is powered off.
2. Connect a standard RJ11 cable, No. 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) or larger, to the Line port on the back of the printer.
3. Connect the other end of the RJ11 cable to an operating telephone line.
4. Power on the printer.
5. Enable and configure the Fax functions.
56 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Several factors influence printer performance, including temperature, humidity, air pressure, and the chemical characteristics of the paper and coatings. The printer must form an electrostatic image on the paper, which depends on the ability of the air to hold and transfer electrical charges. The paper and coatings must hold an electrical charge in the areas where the toner must adhere.
To optimize the performance of your printer:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device .
3. Touch Tools .
4. Touch Troubleshooting > Calibration > Print Calibration > Next .
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to run the Print Calibration procedure.
IInniittiiaall PPrriinntteerr SSeettuupp
Before installing the printer software, verify that the printer is set up correctly. Setup includes enabling the optional features and assigning an IP address for the Ethernet network connection.
Printer settings can be configured at the printer control panel or by using the Embedded Web Server.
To configure settings at the printer control panel, the Installation wizard starts the first time that you power on the printer. The wizard prompts you with a series of questions to help configure basic printer settings.
The System Administrator can configure the following settings:
• Language
• Network Connection
• Proxy Server Setup
• Date and Time
• Measurements
• LDAP Settings
• Apps Setup
• Security Settings
For more information on configuring the printer settings at the control panel or using the Embedded
Web Server, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Before installing print driver software, verify that the printer has the latest version of system software loaded. You can update your device when Xerox releases a new version of printer system software or firmware. To ensure a successful software update, follow the steps provided with the software files.
Printer system software is downloaded from www.support.xerox.com
.
Before you download and install new software, determine the current software version installed on your device. Print the Configuration Report to compare the system software version with the version available for download. For instructions about printing a Configuration Report, refer to
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
57
Follow the instructions provided with the software to download the files and upgrade your device. You can configure the device to connect routinely to an FTP directory on your network to update device software automatically. You can also update the device software manually. For more information about updating system operating software, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.
xerox.com
.
Before installing print driver software, verify that the printer is plugged in, turned on, connected correctly, and has a valid IP address. If you cannot find the IP address, refer to
Finding the IP Address of Your Printer
.
If the Software and Documentation disc is not available, download the latest drivers from www.xerox.
com/support/drivers .
• Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 10, Windows Server
2012, Windows Server 2016, and Windows Server 2019.
• macOS version 10.14 and later.
• UNIX and Linux: Your printer supports connection to various UNIX platforms through the network interface.
1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the installer does not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the Setup.exe
installer file.
2. Click Xerox Smart Start — Driver Installer (Recommended) .
3. At the License Agreement, click Agree .
4. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer.
Note: When you install print drivers for a network printer, if your printer does not appear in the list, click Don’t See Your Printer?
, then enter the IP address for your printer. To install the recommended print driver, click Continue , then select Install .
5. Click Quick Install .
A message appears that confirms that the installation is successful.
6. To complete the installation and close the Installer window, click Done .
You can download print drivers from Xerox.com in a .zip file, then use the Windows Add Printer Wizard to install the print drivers on your computer.
To install the print driver from the .zip file:
58 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Download, then extract the required .zip file to a local directory on your computer.
2. At your computer, open the Control Panel , then select Devices and Printers > Add a Printer .
3. Click The printer that I want isn't listed , then click Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings .
4. To use a previously established port, select Use an existing port , then from the list, select a
Standard TCP/IP Port.
5. To create a Standard TCP/IP port: a.
Select Create a New Port .
b.
For Type of port, select Standard TCP/IP Port , then click Next .
c.
In the Hostname or IP address field, type the printer IP address or host name.
d.
To disable the feature, clear the check box for Query the printer and automatically select the driver to use , then click Next .
6. Click Have Disk .
7. Click Browse . Browse to, then select the driver.inf file for your printer. Click Open .
8. Select your printer model, then click Next .
9. If a prompt appears because the print driver was installed previously, click Use the driver that is currently installed (recommended) .
10. In the Printer name field, type a name for your printer.
11. To install the print driver, click Next .
12. If needed, set the printer as the default printer.
Note: Before you select Share Printer , contact your system administrator.
13. To send a test page to the printer, click Print a test page .
14. Click Finish .
1. Connect the B end of a standard A/B USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 cable to the USB Port on the back of the printer.
2. Connect the A end of the USB cable to the USB port on the computer.
3. If the Windows Found New Hardware Wizard appears, click cancel .
4. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the installer does not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the Setup.exe
installer file.
5. Click Xerox Smart Start — Driver Installer (Recommended) .
6. At the License Agreement, click Agree .
7. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click Quick Install .
A message appears that confirms that the installation is successful.
8. To complete the installation and close the Installer window, click Done .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
59
Web Services on Devices (WSD) allows a client to discover and access a remote device and its associated services across a network. WSD supports device discovery, control, and use.
Installing a WSD Printer Using the Add Device Wizard
1. At your computer, click Start , then select Printers and Scanners .
2. To add the required printer, click Add a Printer or Scanner .
3. In the list of available devices, select the device that you want to use, then click Next .
Note: If the printer that you want to use does not appear in the list, click Cancel . To add the printer manually, use the IP address of the printer. For details, refer to
Windows Print Driver .zip File .
4. Click Close .
1. Download the latest print driver from www.support.xerox.com
.
2. Open the Xerox ® Print Drivers 5.xx.x.dmg or .pkg as needed for your printer.
3. To run Xerox ® Print Drivers 5.xx.x.dmg or .pkg, double-click the appropriate file name.
4. When prompted, click Continue .
5. To accept the license agreement, click I Agree .
6. To accept the current installation location, click Install , or select another location for the installation files, then click Install .
7. If prompted, enter your password, then click OK .
8. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click Next .
9. If your printer does not appear in the list of discovered printers: a.
Click the Network Printer Icon .
b.
Type the IP address of your printer, then click Continue .
c.
Select your printer in the list of discovered printers, then click Continue .
10. If your printer was not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the Ethernet or
USB cable is connected properly.
11. To accept the print queue message, click OK .
12. Select or clear the Set Printer as Default and Print a Test Page check boxes.
13. Click Continue , then click Close .
Adding the Printer for MacOS
For networking, set up your printer using Bonjour ® (mDNS), or for an LPD, LPR connection, connect using the IP address of your printer. For a non-network printer, create a desktop USB connection.
For more information, go to the Online Support Assistant at: www.support.xerox.com
.
60 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Adding the Printer Using Bonjour
To add the printer using Bonjour ® :
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open System Preferences .
2. Click Printers & Scanners .
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. For the list of printers, click the Plus icon ( + ).
4. At the top of the window, click the Default icon.
5. Select your printer from the list, then click Add .
Note: If your printer is not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the
Ethernet cable is connected properly.
Adding the Printer by Specifying the IP Address
To add the printer by specifying the IP address:
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open System Preferences .
2. Click Printers & Scanners .
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. In the list of printers, click the Plus ( + ) icon.
4. Click IP .
5. From the Protocol list, select the protocol.
6. In the Address field, enter the IP address of the printer.
7. In the Name field, enter a name for the printer.
8. From the Use list, choose Select a driver to use .
9. From the printer software list, select the print driver for your printer model.
10. Click Add .
For more information on installing print drivers and utilities for UNIX and Linux, refer to www.xerox.
com/support/drivers .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
61
More Information
You can obtain more information about your printer from these sources:
Resource
Installation Guide
Getting Started guide
Other documentation for your printer
Recommended Media List
Location
Packaged with the printer.
Print from the control panel. For details, refer to
.
www.support.xerox.com
United States: https://www.xerox.com/downloads/ usa/en/supplies/rml/AltaLink_C8030_C8035_C8045_
C8055_RML.pdf
European Union: https://www.xerox.com/downloads/ europe/r/2017_05_AltaLinkC8030-C8055_Media_
List_Antalis_Xerox_May_2017.pdf
www.support.xerox.com
Technical support information for your printer, including online technical support, Online Support
Assistant, and print driver downloads.
Information Pages
Embedded Web Server information
Order supplies for your printer
A resource for tools and information, including interactive tutorials, printing templates, helpful tips, and customized features to meet your individual needs.
Local sales and Technical Customer Support
Printer registration
Xerox ® Direct online store
Print from the control panel. For details, refer to
.
In the Embedded Web Server, click Help .
www.xerox.com/supplies www.xerox.com/businessresourcecenter www.xerox.com/worldcontacts www.xerox.com/register www.direct.xerox.com/
62 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
When you order supplies or contact Xerox for assistance, you need the serial number of your device.
You can obtain the serial number in several ways. To locate the serial number, print the Configuration
Report. You can view the serial number on the control panel or on the Embedded Web Server home page. The serial number is printed on a label that is affixed to the printer. To view the label, open the left side door.
For details on how to print the Configuration Report, refer to
To view the serial number on the control panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device .
3. Touch About .
The model, serial number, and software version is displayed.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
63
64 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3
Customize and Personalize
This chapter contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
65
Customize and Personalize Overview
This chapter provides information on how to customize and personalize your device to meet the specific demands of your workflows.
You can customize your apps, hide, or show apps on the Home screen, and rearrange the order to suit your job priorities. For each app, you can hide or show individual features and configure default settings to meet the needs of your workgroup. You can save job settings for repeated use.
Customization enables users to work more productively.
You can create 1-Touch Apps to save and simplify lengthy or frequent workflows. Once created, 1-Touch Apps appear on the Home screen. To start a job, touch the app.
Personalization options ensure that the features and functions displayed meet individual user needs, improving efficiency.
The customize and personalize settings are configured by a system administrator. For details, contact your system administrator, or refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
System administrators can use the Fleet Orchestrator feature to clone and install 1–Touch Apps on other devices. For information about Cloning and using the Fleet Orchestrator feature, refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
66 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Customizing or Personalizing the Home Screen
Using the customization options, you can show, hide, or change the display order of apps for the
Home screen.
To display or hide an app on the Home screen:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize .
4. Touch Customize Home .
5. To display an installed, but hidden app: a.
Touch the Plus ( + ) icon.
b.
Touch the app that you want to appear on the control panel.
6. To hide an installed app: a.
For the required app, touch X .
b.
Touch Hide .
7. Touch Done .
8. Verify that only the required apps appear on the Home screen.
To rearrange apps on the Home screen:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize .
4. Touch Customize Home .
5. Touch and hold the required app, then drag the app to the new location. Release the app.
6. Touch Done .
7. Verify that the apps appear in the correct location on the Home screen.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
67
To delete an app from the Home screen permanently:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize .
4. Touch Customize Home .
5. To delete an installed app: a.
For the required app, touch X .
b.
At the prompt, touch Delete .
Note: Deletion is permanent. You cannot restore a deleted app.
6. Touch Done .
7. Verify that only the required apps appear on the Home screen.
To remove customization from the Home screen:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize .
4. Select an option:
• Remove Home Customization : This option removes all customization from the Home screen.
Caution: The Remove Home Customization option removes customization from the
Home screen, and other customized device settings.
• Remove All Customizations : This option removes all customizations for the device.
Note: This option can cause deletion of 1-Touch, EIP, Single Touch, and Weblet apps.
5. At the prompt, touch Remove .
Apps appear in the default location on the Home screen.
6. Touch Done .
68 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Customizing or Personalizing the Apps
The app customization options enable you to modify the features available, save app default settings, or remove customized settings applied to an app.
You can customize the Copy, ID Card Copy, Email, Fax, and Scan To apps for your device.
To customize the Features list for an app:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Touch the app required.
4. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize .
5. Touch Customize Feature List .
6. Touch the required option.
• To hide a feature, for the required feature, touch the Eye icon. To signify that the feature is hidden, the Eye icon appears with a line across it.
• To show a feature, for the required feature, touch the Eye icon. To signify that a feature is visible, the Eye icon appears with no line across it.
7. To reorder the menu features, touch and drag the features into the appropriate order.
8. To save the current configuration, touch Done .
To show all the hidden features for an app:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the app required.
3. Select the job settings.
4. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Show Additional Features .
The hidden features list appears.
You can use this feature to save a particular combination of app settings as the default settings.
To save the current app settings as default settings:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
69
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Touch the app required.
4. Select the job settings that you want to save as the default settings.
5. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize .
6. Touch Save Settings as Default .
The new settings override the previous default settings.
moovviinngg A
PPaanneell
To remove the current app customization settings:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Touch the app required.
4. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize .
5. Touch Remove App Customizations .
6. At the prompt, touch Remove .
70 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Creating and Using 1–Touch Apps
You can use 1-Touch Apps to create individual apps for completing frequent jobs or tasks. After you create a 1-Touch App, the app appears on the printer Home screen. To run the job, load the original documents in the automatic document feeder or on the document glass, then touch the required 1-
Touch App.
System administrators can use the Fleet Orchestrator feature to clone and install 1–Touch Apps on other devices. For information about Cloning and using the Fleet Orchestrator feature, refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To create a 1-Touch App:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Touch the app required.
4. Select the job settings.
5. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Create 1–Touch App .
6. Touch Save as 1-Touch App .
7. Touch the Enter App Name entry field, then use the keypad to enter a name. Touch Next .
8. Touch a color scheme option for your 1-Touch App, then touch Next .
9. Touch an icon that best suits the 1-Touch App that you are creating, then touch Next .
10. Touch the Enter App Instructions entry field, then use the keypad to enter instructions for users.
Touch Next .
When the 1-Touch App is selected, the instructions appear at the top of the screen.
11. Touch the app settings required.
• Allows Editing Quantity : Use this option to allow users to view and update the quantity.
• Show Feature Settings : Use this option to display a summary of the features programmed for the 1- Touch App.
12. Touch Done .
The 1–Touch App appears on the Home screen.
To delete or hide a 1-Touch App from the Home screen:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
71
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Touch Customize .
4. Touch Customize Home .
5. For the required 1-Touch App, touch X , then touch an option.
• Delete : Use this option to delete the 1-Touch App from the printer permanently.
• Hide : Use this option to remove the 1-Touch App from the Home screen. The 1-Touch App is still available, and you can add the app to the Home screen at any time.
6. Touch Done .
To use a 1-Touch App:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Load the original documents in the automatic document feeder or on the document glass.
3. Select the 1-Touch App for your job.
4. Do one of the following.
• For Copy Jobs, if you selected Allow Editing Quantity during 1-Touch App setup, update the number of copies, as required.
• If you selected the Show Feature Settings option during the 1-Touch App setup, update the feature settings, as required.
5. Touch Start .
6. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
72 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Removing All Customizations
To remove all customizations from the device:
Note: To use this feature, log in as a system administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In . Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Next . Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Done .
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize .
4. Touch Remove All Customizations .
Caution: The Remove Home Customization option removes customization from the Home screen, and other customized device settings.
5. At the prompt, touch Remove All .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
73
74 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4
Xerox® Apps
This chapter contains:
Xerox ® Apps are a gateway to the features and functions of your device. There are standard Apps already installed and displayed on the Home screen. Some Apps are installed as standard, but are hidden when you use your device for the first time. You can show, hide, or reorder Apps on the Home screen using the settings available in the Embedded Web Server.
For details about displaying, configuring, and customizing the Apps, refer to the System Administrator
Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
A range of Apps is available for download and installation from the Xerox ® App Gallery. These apps include Xerox ® Extensible Interface Platform (EIP) Apps. EIP Apps enable you to install secure, signed apps on compatible printers.
For more information about using the Xerox ® App Gallery and downloading Apps, refer to
.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
75
Xerox® App Gallery
XXeerrooxx ®
Use the Xerox ® App Gallery to find apps that provide new features or capabilities for your device. The Xerox ® App Gallery provides direct access to apps that can improve your productivity, simplify workflows, and enhance your user experience.
The Xerox ® App Gallery enables you to browse and update apps easily. You can browse through the App
Gallery without logging in. The moving banner provides an active display of apps, or you can scroll the full list of apps. To get more details on an app, touch the app name in the list.
To use the Xerox ® App Gallery App, ensure that your device uses either the wireless or the wired network connection.
Note: If a local server inside a firewall hosts your device and a proxy is enabled, set a proxy exception at the device.
For more information and instructions on using the Xerox ® App Gallery, refer to the Xerox ® App
Gallery User Guide available at www.xerox.com/support/xerox-app-gallery .
With an App Gallery account, you have direct access to all the available Apps for your device. An App
Gallery account allows you to view and acquire Apps, install Apps on your device, and manage your
Apps and licenses.
You can set up an App Gallery account using the control panel or the Xerox ® App Gallery Web portal.
For more information about the Xerox ® App Gallery Web portal, refer to www.xerox.com/support/ xerox-app-gallery .
Note: If you have an existing Xerox App Gallery Account, refer to
To create an App Gallery account using the Control Panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Xerox App Gallery .
3. Touch Login .
4. Touch Request an Account .
5. To enter a valid email address, use the touch screen keypad, then touch OK .
A message is displayed stating completion instructions have been sent to the email address entered.
6. Touch Close .
7. Access your email account for the email address that you provided to Xerox App Gallery.
8. Open the Xerox App Gallery Account Request email, then click the URL link for creating an account.
76 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
9. Review and accept the Terms of Use. To continue creating an account, click the Agree button.
10. Enter the information required into the appropriate fields:
• User ID
• Password
• Confirm Password
• First and Last Name
• Company Name
• Country
11. Click OK .
12. After the account is created, a confirmation message appears.
13. At the printer control panel, log in to your App Gallery Account.
When you are logged in to the App Gallery, you can browse available Apps, and install and update
Apps.
Note: The first time that any user logs in to the Xerox ® App Gallery from the device, the
Xerox ® App Gallery software updates automatically. Once the upgrade completes, a message instructs the user to exit and reselect the Xerox ® App Gallery. All future Xerox ® App Gallery upgrades are manual and initiated by the user.
To log in to your App Gallery Account:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Xerox App Gallery .
3. To enter your User Name, use the touch screen keypad.
4. To enter your Password, use the touch screen keypad.
5. Touch OK or Enter . The Xerox ® App Gallery opens.
IInnssttaalllliinngg oorr U
Gaalllleerryy
Xerox ® Apps add, extend, or customize the functionality of your device. You can use the Xerox ® App
Gallery App to browse and install Apps at your device control panel.
To install an App from the App Gallery:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Xerox App Gallery .
3. To enter your User Name, use the touch screen keypad.
4. To enter your Password, use the touch screen keypad.
5. Touch OK or Enter . The Xerox ® App Gallery opens.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
77
6. Touch the App required, then touch Install . The License Agreement screen appears.
Note: If the App was installed previously and a new version is available, the button is labeled as Update .
7. Touch Agree . The installation process begins.
If the App does not successfully install, to attempt the installation process again, touch Install .
8. To exit the Xerox ® App Gallery App, touch Exit , or press the Home button.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Xerox App Gallery .
3. To enter your User Name, use the touch screen keypad.
4. To enter your Password, use the touch screen keypad.
5. Touch OK or Enter . The Xerox ® App Gallery opens.
6. Touch the App required, then touch Update . The License Agreement screen appears.
7. Touch Agree .
8. When the update is complete, the Update button is labeled as Installed .
9. To exit the Xerox ® App Gallery App, touch Exit , or press the Home button.
78 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Device
The Device App gives you access to information about your printer, including the serial number and model. You can view the status of the paper trays, billing and supplies information, and print information pages.
Many Device options can be configured to meet your individual needs. For details about configuring all of the Device settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
The following Device options are available:
Option Description
About The About option provides an overview of your device, the device serial number, and information about current settings.
Information Pages Your printer has a set of information pages that you can print. These pages include configuration and font information, demonstration pages, and more.
Notifications Use the Notifications option to see details of any current alerts or errors on the device. A Fault History button displays fault codes and the date that they occurred on the device.
Paper Trays Use the Paper Trays option to see the paper size, type, and color set for each paper tray and the tray-capacity status.
Supplies
Billing/Usage
Use the Supplies section to monitor the status of the components you can replace. The supply level and estimated number of impressions or days left for each unit is displayed.
Use the Billing/Usage option to view the serial number and the total number of impressions made by your device.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
79
Option Description
Tools Use the Tools option to customize settings such as the power-save modes, date and time, and control panel brightness. You can configure settings using the device control panel, or by using the Embedded Web Server.
Note: For details on configuring the printer settings, see the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Remote Services Use the Remote Services option to send error and usage information to the Xerox support team.
Note: Your System Administrator must enable this feature using the Embedded Web Server.
For details on configuring the printer settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
The About option provides an overview of your device and its current settings and status. You can view the serial number, model number, and software version.
Your printer has a set of information pages that you can print. These pages include configuration and font information, demonstration pages, and more.
To print an information page, select an option, then touch Print .
The following Information Pages are available:
Name
Configuration Report
Billing Summary
Getting Started
Troubleshooting Print Quality Page
Description
The Configuration Report provides printer information including the serial number, installed options, network settings, port setup, tray information, and more.
The Billing Summary Report provides information about the device and a detailed listing of the billing meters and sheet counts.
The Getting Started guide provides an overview of the key features of the printer.
The Troubleshooting Print Quality Page provides a list of common print-quality problems and tips to help solve them.
80 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Name
Supplies Usage Page
Graphics Demo Page
PCL Font List
PostScript Font List
Description
The Supplies Usage Page provides coverage information and part numbers for reordering supplies.
Print this page to check the quality of graphics.
The PCL Font List provides a printout of all PCL fonts that are available on the printer.
The PostScript Font List provides a printout of all
PostScript fonts that are available on the printer.
SSuuppppllyy SSttaattuuss
You can check the status and percentage of life remaining for your printer supplies at the control panel or from the Embedded Web Server. When printer supplies near their replacement time, warning alerts appear on the control panel. You can customize the alerts that appear on the control panel and configure email alert notifications.
To check the supplies status at the control panel:
1. To view status information for the printer supplies, touch Device > Supplies .
2. To view details about a specific toner cartridge, including the part number for reordering, touch
Cyan , Magenta , Yellow , or Black .
3. To view more details, touch Other Supplies . Scroll through the list, then select an option.
4. To print the Supplies Usage Page, touch Print Supplies Report .
5. To return to the Supplies screen, touch X .
6. To return to the Device screen, touch X .
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
To check the supplies status and set up alerts, use the Embedded Web Server. For details about configuring all Device settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
The Billing/Usage menu displays the total number of impressions that the printer generated or printed during its lifetime. You cannot reset the counters. A page is counted as one side of a sheet of paper. For example, a sheet of paper that is printed on two sides counts as two impressions.
To view the Billing and Usage Counters:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
81
2. Touch Device > Billing/Usage .
The impression counts are displayed:
• Black Impressions : Total number of pages printed with no color specified.
• Color Impressions : Total number of pages printed that specify color.
• Total Impressions : Total number of color impressions and black impressions.
3. To view more details, touch Usage Counters , then select an option.
• Impression Counters : This option provides the number of impressions made by the printer.
The number of impressions cannot equal the number of sheets counted, depending on the printer setup. If your printer is set up to count large sheets as large impressions or as multiple smaller impressions, the number of impressions can differ.
• Sheet Counters : This option provides the number of impressions made by the printer.
Impressions for 2-Sided sheets are identified as a separate line from1-Sided sheets.
• Images Sent Counters : This option provides the number of images sent using the Fax, Email, or Scan features.
• Fax Impressions Counters : This option provides the number of images sent using the Fax features. Each fax feature is identified on a separate line.
• All Usage Counters : This option provides all printer usage information.
4. After viewing the usage readings, to return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
You can use the Remote Services option to send error and usage information to the Xerox support team to help them resolve problems quickly.
For information about enabling Remote Services and uploading information to Xerox, refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
82 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Jobs
You can use Jobs to view current jobs, print saved and secure jobs, and view details about completed jobs. You can pause, delete, print, or view job progress or job details for a selected job.
From the control panel Jobs menu, you can view lists of active jobs, secure jobs, or completed jobs.
You can interrupt, pause, or delete jobs that are printing. You can also view job progress or job details for a selected job.
A print job can be held by the printer when it is unable to complete the job. For example, if the printer needs attention, paper, or supplies. When the condition is resolved, the printer automatically resumes printing. When you send a Secure Print job, the job is held until you release it by entering a passcode at the control panel. For more details, refer to
.
From the Jobs window in the Embedded Web Server, you can view a list of active and saved print jobs.
For more details, refer to
Managing Jobs using the Embedded Web Server
.
IInntteerrrruuppttiinngg PPrriinnttiinngg
1. At the control panel, touch the Interrupt button. The printer continues to print while it determines the best place to pause the spooled print job.
2. Printing stops to allow the printer to complete another job.
3. To resume printing, touch the Interrupt button again.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To pause a job that is printing, touch the pause button on the control panel.
3. Select a task.
• To resume the print job, touch Resume .
• To delete the print job, touch Delete . At the prompt, touch Delete .
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs , then touch the name of the desired print job.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
83
3. Select a task.
Note: If you do not make a selection, the job automatically resumes after the set timeout period.
• To pause the print job, touch Hold . To resume the print job, touch Release .
• To delete the print job, touch Delete . At the prompt, touch Delete .
• To move the job to the top of the list, touch Promote .
• To view the status of the job, touch Job Progress .
• To view information about the job, touch Job Details , then touch Job Settings or Required
Resources .
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Note:
• The system administrator can restrict users from deleting jobs. If a system administrator has restricted job deletion, you can view the jobs, but cannot delete them.
• Only the user that sent the job, or the system administrator, can delete a Secure Print job.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs .
3. From the jobs list, touch the held job name. The resources required for the job appear on the control panel.
4. Do one of the following steps.
• To print the job, replenish the resources required. The job resumes automatically when the required resources are available. If the job does not print automatically, touch Resume .
• To choose an alternative paper source to enable the job to print, touch Print On Alternate
Paper . Select a paper tray, then touch OK .
• To delete the print job, touch Delete . At the prompt, touch Delete .
Note: The Print On Alternate Paper option is enabled using the Embedded Web Server. For details about the Print On Alternate Paper option, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Special job types allow you to send a print job from your computer, then print it from the printer control panel. Select special job types in the print driver, Printing Options tab, under Job Type.
84 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
SSaavveedd JJoobb
Saved Jobs are documents sent to the printer and stored there for future use. All users can print or delete a Saved Job.
On the control panel, from the Print From menu, you can view and print saved jobs. In the Embedded
Web Server, on the Jobs window, you can view, print, and delete saved jobs, and you can manage where jobs are stored.
To print a saved job from the control panel, refer to
.
Printing using Saved Job
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties . Depending on your application, the title of the button can vary.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, in the print options list, click Xerox Features .
3. For Job Type, select Saved Job .
a.
Type a job name or select a name from the list.
b.
Type a folder name or select a name from the list.
c.
To add a passcode, click Private , type the passcode, then confirm the passcode.
d.
Click OK .
4. Select other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK , then click Print .
• For Macintosh, click Print .
Printing deleting, moving, or copying a saved job in the Embedded Web Server
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Home .
3. Click Jobs .
4. Click the Saved Jobs tab.
5. For the job that you want to process, select the check box.
6. From the menu, select an option.
• Print Job : This option prints a job immediately.
• Delete Job This option deletes the saved job.
• Move Job : Use this option to move the job to another folder location.
• Copy Job : Use this option to duplicate the job.
7. Click Go .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
85
SSeeccuurree PPrriinntt
Use Secure Print to print sensitive or confidential information. After you send the job, it is held at the printer until you enter your passcode at the printer control panel.
After a Secure Print job is printed, it is deleted automatically.
Printing using Secure Print
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties . Depending on your application, the title of the button varies.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, click Preview , then select Xerox Features .
3. For Job Type, select Secure Print .
4. Type the passcode, confirm the passcode, then click OK .
5. Select any other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK , then click Print .
• For Macintosh, click Print .
Releasing a Secure Print job
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs .
3. To view Secure Print jobs, touch Personal & Secure Jobs .
4. Touch your folder.
5. Enter the passcode number, then touch OK .
6. Select an option:
• To print a Secure Print job, touch the job.
• To print all the jobs in the folder, touch Print All .
• To delete a Secure Print job, touch the Trash icon. At the prompt, touch Delete .
• To delete all the jobs in the folder, touch Delete All .
Note: After a Secure Print job is printed, it is deleted automatically.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
The Sample Set job type prints one copy of a multiple-copy print job before printing the remaining copies. After reviewing the sample set, you can either print the remaining copies or delete them at the printer control panel.
Sample Set is a type of saved job with these features:
86 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
• A Sample Set job appears in a folder named after the user ID associated with the print job.
• A Sample Set job does not use a passcode.
• Any user can print or delete a Sample Set job.
• A Sample Set prints one copy of a job to allow you to proofread the job before printing any remaining copies.
After a Sample Set job is printed, it is deleted automatically.
To print a Sample Set, refer to
.
Printing using Sample Set
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties . Depending on your application, the title of the button varies.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, click Preview , then select Xerox Features .
3. For Job Type, select Sample Set .
4. Select any other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK , then click Print .
• For Macintosh, click Print .
Releasing a Sample Set
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To view available jobs, touch Jobs .
3. Touch the Sample Set job.
Note: The Sample Set file description shows the job as Held for Future Printing, and shows the number of remaining copies of the job.
4. Select an option.
• To print the remaining copies of the job, touch Release .
• To delete the remaining copies of the job, touch Delete .
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
87
In the Embedded Web Server Active Jobs list, you can view a list of active jobs and delete print jobs.
You can use the Embedded Web Server to submit jobs for printing at the device. You can use the Job
Submission feature to print .ps, .pdf, .pcl, and .xps files without installing a print driver. You can select jobs for printing from your local computer hard drive, mass storage devices, or a network drive.
Saved jobs are documents sent to the printer and stored there for future use. Any saved jobs appear on the Saved Jobs page. Use the Saved Jobs page to view, print, and delete saved jobs, and create and manage folders in which they are stored.
To manage jobs using the Embedded Web Server:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Jobs .
3. Click the job name.
4. From the menu, select an option.
• To pause the print job, click Pause , then click Go .
• To delete the print job, click Delete , then click Go . At the prompt, click OK .
5. To return to the Home screen, click Home .
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Home .
3. Click Print .
4. For File Name, click Browse or Choose File , then do one of the following steps.
• Navigate to the file, then select it.
• Type the path to the file that you want to select.
5. In the Printing area, for Copies, select Auto , or enter the number of copies to print.
6. For Job Type, select an option:
• Normal Print : This option prints a job immediately.
• Secure Print : This option prints a job after you enter your passcode at the printer control panel.
• Sample Set or Proof Print : These options print one copy of a multiple-copy print job. The device holds the remaining copies in memory until you release them for printing at the control panel.
• Save Job for Reprint: This option saves a print job in a folder on the print server for future printing. You can specify a job name and folder.
• Delay Print: This option prints a job at a specified time up to 24 hours from the original job submission.
7. As needed, for Paper Selection, select paper size, color, type, and tray.
88 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
8. As needed, select job options.
• 2-Sided Printing
• Collate
• Orientation
• Staple
• Folding
• Output Destination
Note: The available options vary by device.
9. If Accounting is enabled, enter your User ID and Account ID.
10. Click Submit Job .
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Home .
3. Click Jobs .
4. Click the Saved Jobs tab.
5. For the job that you want to process, select the check box.
6. From the menu, select an option.
• Print Job : This option prints a job immediately.
• Delete Job This option deletes the saved job.
• Move Job : Use this option to move the job to another folder location.
• Copy Job : Use this option to duplicate the job.
7. Click Go .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
89
Copy
To make a copy, the device scans your original documents and temporarily stores the images. It then prints the images based on the options that you selected. You can change settings for individual jobs based on the original documents. You can save settings that you use for regular jobs and retrieve them for later use.
For details on configuring and customizing the Apps, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
If Authentication or Accounting is enabled on your device, to access Copy features, enter your login details.
For information about all the App features and available settings, refer to
To make a copy:
90 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Load your original documents.
• For single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex automatic document feeder, use the document glass. Lift the duplex automatic document feeder, then place the original document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For multiple, single, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the duplex automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.
Note: When the original documents are detected, the automatic document feeder confirmation indicator LED illuminates.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Copy .
4. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset .
5. To enter the number of copies needed, use the numeric keypad.
6. Adjust copy settings as needed.
• To scan more documents using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
• If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Copying , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
7. Touch Start . If you placed documents in the feeder, scanning continues until the feeder is empty.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
91
8. If Build Job is enabled, touch Scan , then, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Note: Some features are hidden from view when the Copy App is installed. For details on configuring and customizing the Apps, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Before printing a copy of a color original image, you can adjust the balance of the printing colors between cyan, magenta, yellow, and black. You can adjust the color of the copy using preset color effects. For example, you can adjust colors for brightness or coolness. Adjusting the saturation makes the image colors more vivid or pastel.
Select color or black and white output
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Output Color .
4. For Output Color, touch an option.
• Auto Detect : The device detects the color content in the original document. If the original content is a color document, the printer makes copies in full color. If the original content is a black and white document, the printer makes copies in black only.
• Black & White : This option produces copies in black and white only. Colors in the original content are converted to shades of gray.
• Color : This option copies in full color output using all four printing colors, cyan, magenta, yellow, and black.
• To access the Single Color option, touch More .
Single Color produces shades of a single color. To select a color, touch Color , then select an option. Your color selection appears on the sample page.
5. Touch OK .
Adjusting the Color Balance
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Color Balance .
Note: This feature is not available when Output Color is set to Black and White.
4. To adjust the density levels of all four colors:
92 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
a.
On the Color Balance screen, touch Basic Color .
b.
Move the sliders to adjust the level for each color.
5. To adjust the highlight, midtone, and shadow density levels by color: a.
On the Color Balance screen, touch Advanced Color .
b.
Touch the color you want to adjust.
c.
Move the sliders to adjust the levels for highlights, midtones, and shadows.
d.
To adjust more colors, repeat the previous two steps.
6. Touch OK .
Adding color effects
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Color Presets .
Note: This feature is not available when Output Color is set to Black and White.
4. On the Color Presets screen, touch the required preset color effect. The sample images show how the colors are adjusted.
5. Touch OK .
Adjusting the Saturation
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Saturation .
4. To adjust the saturation, move the slider.
5. Touch OK .
You can erase content from the edges of your copies using the Edge Erase feature. You can specify the amount to erase on the right, left, top, and bottom edges.
To erase the edges of copies:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Edge Erase .
4. Select one of the following options.
• All Edges : This option erases all four edges by the same amount. To adjust the amount to erase, move the slider.
• Individual Edges : This option allows you to specify different amounts to erase from the edges. Touch the required Top , Bottom , Left or Right field. To enter the amount to erase, use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
93
5. To mirror the same erase amount applied to Side 1 on Side 2, touch the Mirror Side 1 check box.
6. To select a pre-defined amount of erase, use the Presets option.
7. Touch OK .
Use the Original Size feature to set a standard or custom size for scanning, or for the printer to determine the original size document automatically. You can use this feature to enable mixed-size original document scanning.
To specify the original size:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Original Size .
4. Select an option.
• Auto Detect : This option allows the printer to determine the size of the original document.
• Preset Scan Area : This option specifies the area to scan when it matches a standard paper size. In the scrolling list, touch the desired paper size.
• Custom Scan Area : You can specify the width and length of the area to scan. To specify the original width or length, touch the appropriate field. To enter the size, use the numeric keypad, or use the arrows.
• Mixed Size Originals : You can scan standard-size originals of varying sizes. To determine which original sizes can be mixed in the same job, use the diagram on the screen.
5. Touch OK .
You can change the placement of an image on the copy page. This is useful if the image is smaller than the page size. For image shift to work correctly, position original documents as follows.
• Document Feeder : Position original documents face up, long edge entering the feeder first.
• Document Glass : Position original documents face down, in the upper-left corner of the document glass, long edge to the left.
To change the placement of the image:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Image Shift .
4. Select one of the following options.
• Off : This option is the default setting.
• Auto Center : This option centers the image on the page.
94 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5. To enter a specific amount of image shift, touch More , then touch Margin Shift . Touch the required Up / Down or Left / Right fields. To enter the amount of shift, use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows.
6. To mirror the same image shift applied to Side 1 on Side 2, touch the Mirror Side 1 check box.
7. To select a pre-defined amount of shift, use the Presets option.
8. Touch OK .
You can use the Book Copying feature to copy books, magazines, or other bound documents. You can use this feature to copy images for different results.
You can copy either the left or right page onto a single sheet of paper. You can copy both the left and right pages onto two sheets of paper.
Note: Use the document glass to make copies from books, magazines, or other bound documents. Do not place bound originals in the document feeder.
To set up book copying:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Book Copying .
4. Select one of the following options.
• Off : This option is the default setting.
• Both Pages : This option scans both pages of an open book onto two sheets of paper.
• Left/Right Page Only : This option scans the left or right page of an open book onto a single sheet of paper.
5. If Binding Edge Erase is required, touch More . Touch the Binding Edge Erase field. To enter the amount to erase, use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows. You can erase up to 50 mm (2 in.) from both pages, or 25 mm (1 in.) from one page.
6. Touch OK .
The Booklet Creation feature prints two pages on each side of the paper. The printer reorders and reorients the pages so that they are in the correct order and orientation when folded. If more finishing options are available, the pages can be stapled and folded to create a booklet.
To create a booklet:
Note: In this mode, the printer scans all the original documents before it prints the copies.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Booklet Creation .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
95
4. Select one of the following options.
• Off : This option is the default setting.
• On : This option enables Booklet Creation.
Note: If Paper Supply is set to Auto Paper Select, the Paper Conflict screen appears. Select the required paper tray, then touch OK .
5. To change the Original Input , Paper Supply or finishing options, touch More , then select an option.
• To scan 1 or 2-sided originals, touch Original Input , then select an option.
• To change the paper source for the booklet, touch Paper Supply , then select an option.
• If your printer has a finisher installed, for Fold & Staple, select a staple or fold option.
6. Touch OK .
You can print the first and last pages of your copy job on different paper, such as colored or heavyweight paper. The printer selects the paper from a different tray. The covers can be blank or printed.
To add covers to your copy job:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Special Pages > Covers .
Note: If Paper Supply is set to Auto Paper Select, the Paper Conflict screen appears. Select the required paper tray, then touch OK .
4. For Covers Options, select an option.
• Front & Back Same : This option includes front and back covers from the same tray.
• Front & Back Different : This option includes a front and a back cover from different trays.
• Front Only : This option includes a front cover only.
• Back Only : This option includes a back cover only.
5. For Printing Options, select an option.
• Blank Cover : This option inserts a blank cover.
• Print on Side 1 Only : This option prints on the front side of the cover only. To rotate the image on side 2 by 180degrees, touch Rotate Side 2.
• Print on Side 2 Only: This option prints on the back of the cover only. To rotate the image on side 2 by 180degrees, touch Rotate Side 2.
• Print on Both Sides : This option prints on both sides of the cover.
• Rotate Side 2 : If covers are 2-Sided, touch this option to rotate the image on side 2 by 180 degrees.
6. For Paper Supply, touch the required tray.
96 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
7. Touch OK . The options that you selected appear on the Special Pages screen.
8. To edit or delete a special page entry, touch the entry in the list. From the menu, touch the required option.
9. Touch OK .
You can insert blank pages or pre-printed sheets in specific locations in your copy job. To do this, you specify the tray that contains the inserts.
To add inserts to a copy job:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Special PagesInserts .
Note: If Paper Supply is set to Auto Paper Select, the Paper Conflict screen appears. Select the required paper tray, then touch OK .
4. To specify the number of sheets to insert, touch the Insert Quantity field. To enter the number of sheets, use the numeric keypad, or use the arrows. Touch Enter .
5. To enter a location for the insert, touch the Insert After Page entry box. To enter a page number, use the numeric keypad. Touch Enter .
6. To specify the paper tray to use for the insert: a.
Touch Paper Supply .
b.
Touch the required paper tray.
c.
Touch OK .
7. Touch Add . The insert appears in the list on the Inserts screen. To add more inserts, repeat the previous steps.
8. Touch X.
The options that you selected appear on the Special Pages screen.
9. To edit or delete a special-page entry, touch the entry in the list. From the menu, touch the required option.
10. Touch OK .
If you select 2-sided copies, you can set each chapter to start on the front or back of the page. If necessary, the printer leaves one side of the paper blank so that the chapter starts on the specified side of the paper.
To specify chapter start pagination:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Special Pages > Chapter Starts .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
97
4. To specify the chapter start page, touch Page Number . To enter the page number, use the numeric keypad. Touch Enter .
5. For Start Chapter , select an option.
• On Right Page : This option specifies the front of the paper.
• On Left Page : This option specifies the back of the paper.
6. Touch Add.
The page is added to the list on the right side of the screen.
7. To set other pages, repeat the previous steps.
8. Touch X . The options that you selected appear on the Special Pages screen.
9. To edit or delete a special-page entry, touch the entry in the list. From the menu, touch the required option.
10. Touch OK .
SSppeecciiffyyiinngg EExxcceeppttiioonn PPaaggeess
You can specify exception pages to print on paper that is loaded in a different paper tray than the paper for the rest of the document. Ensure that the paper you use for the exception pages is the same size as the paper that you use for the rest of the document.
To specify the exception pages:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Special Pages > Exceptions .
Note: If Paper Supply is set to Auto Paper Select, the Paper Conflict screen appears. Select the required paper tray, then touch OK .
4. To enter the range of pages to print on different paper:
• To enter the starting page number, touch the first Page Number field. To enter the starting page number, use the numeric keypad. Touch Enter .
• To enter the ending page number, touch the second Page Number field. To enter the last page number, use the numeric keypad. Touch Enter .
Note: To specify a single page as an exception, enter that page number as the start and end of the range.
5. To specify the paper to use for the exception pages: a.
Touch Paper Supply .
b.
Touch the tray that contains paper to use for the exception pages.
c.
Touch OK .
6. Touch Add.
The page range is added to the list on the right side of the screen.
7. To set other pages, repeat the previous steps.
8. Touch X . The options that you selected appear on the Special Pages screen.
9. To edit or delete a special-page entry, touch the entry in the list. From the menu, touch the required option.
98 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
10. Touch OK .
You can automatically add annotations such as page numbers and the date to your copies.
Note:
• You cannot add annotations to covers, inserts, or blank chapter-start pages.
• If Booklet Creation is selected, you cannot add annotations.
To add annotations:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Annotations .
4. To add page numbers: a.
Touch Page Number .
b.
Touch On .
c.
Touch the Starting Page Number entry box. To enter a page number, use the numeric keypad, then touch Enter .
d.
Touch Apply To , then select an option.
e.
To position the page number, touch an arrow. The sample page shows the location of the page number.
f.
Touch OK .
5. To insert a comment: a.
Touch Comment .
b.
Touch On .
c.
For Stored Comments, touch an option in the list.
• Touch an existing comment.
• To create a comment, touch an Available option. To enter the annotation text, use the touch screen keypad, then touch OK .
• To edit or delete a comment, use the buttons below the Stored Comments list.
d.
Touch Apply To , then select an option.
e.
To position the comment, touch an arrow. The sample page shows the location of the comment.
f.
Touch OK .
6. To insert the current date: a.
Touch the desired current date location.
b.
Touch Date .
c.
Touch On , then touch the date format that you wish to use.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
99
d.
Touch Apply To , then select an option.
e.
To position the date in the header or footer, touch an arrow. The sample page shows the location of the date.
f.
Touch OK .
7. To insert a Bates Stamp: a.
Touch Bates Stamp .
b.
Touch On .
c.
For Stored Prefixes, touch an option in the list.
• Touch an existing prefix.
• To create a prefix, touch an Available option. To enter text, use the touch keypad, then touch OK .
• To edit or delete a prefix, use the buttons below the Stored Prefixes list.
d.
Touch Starting Page Number . To enter the starting page number, use the alphanumeric keypad. You can use leading zeros to indicate the number of digits required. Touch Enter .
e.
Touch Apply To , then select an option.
f.
To position the Bates Stamp in the header or footer, touch an arrow. The sample page shows the location of the Bates Stamp.
g.
Touch OK .
8. To change the text formatting, touch Format & Style , choose the required settings, then touch
OK .
9. To remove all entered annotations, touch Delete All .
10. Touch OK .
You can use Page Layout to place a defined number of pages on one or both sides of the paper.
To change the page layout:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Page Layout .
4. Select one of the following options.
• Pages per Side : This option places a defined number of pages on one or both sides of the paper. Select the required number of pages per side.
• Repeat Image : This option places a defined number of the same image on one or both sides of the paper. Select the number of images required. Auto Repeat allows the printer to determine the maximum number of images that can fit on the currently selected paper size.
5. To enter a specific number of rows and columns, touch Specify Rows & Columns . Touch the Rows or Columns field. To enter the number of rows and columns, use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows. To rotate the paper, select the check box for Rotate Background.
100 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. To change the original orientation, touch Original Orientation . Select Portrait or Landscape .
7. Touch OK .
Use this feature to produce complex jobs that include a variety of originals requiring different App settings. Each segment of the job can have different settings. After all the segments are programmed, scanned, and temporarily stored in the printer, the job is processed and completed.
To build a job:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. To clear previous App settings, touch Reset .
4. Touch Build Job .
5. Split the job into the required segments for scanning.
6. Program and scan the first segment: a.
Load the original document for the first segment.
b.
Select the options required for the segment.
c.
Touch Scan .
7. Set the required build job display options.
8. Print a Sample segment or delete a segment.
a.
To print a sample of the previous segment scanned, touch the segments option, then touch
Sample Last segment .
b.
To delete the previous segment scanned, touch the segments option, then touch Delete Last
Segment .
c.
To delete all the previous segment scanned, touch the segments option, then touch Delete
All Segments .
9. Program and scan more segments.
a.
Load the originals for the next segment.
b.
To change the settings for the next segment, touch Program Next Segment , then select the options required for the segment.
c.
Touch Scan Next Segment .
10. Continue scanning segments until all original documents are scanned.
11. Touch Submit .
Sample Copy allows you to print a test copy of a job to inspect before printing multiple copies. This feature is useful for complex or high-volume jobs. After you print and inspect the test copy, you can choose to print or cancel the remaining copies.
To print a sample copy of your job:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
101
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Adjust the copy settings as needed.
4. Enter the number of copies needed.
5. Touch the Sample Copy toggle button.
6. Touch the Start button. The sample copy prints.
7. Inspect the sample copy, then select one of the following options.
• If the copy is unsatisfactory, touch Delete . Touch Delete to confirm. The job is canceled and no more copies are printed.
• If the copy is satisfactory, touch Release . The remaining copies are printed.
8. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.
To use a particular combination of copy settings for future copy jobs, you can save the settings with a name and retrieve them for later use.
To save the current copy settings:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Change the settings required.
4. Touch Save Current Settings .
5. To create a new saved setting, touch any option labeled <Available> .
6. Enter a name for the saved setting using the touch screen keyboard, then touch OK .
You can retrieve and use any previously saved copy settings for current jobs.
Note: To save the copy settings with a name, refer to
.
To retrieve saved settings:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy .
3. Touch Retrieve Saved Settings .
4. Touch the saved setting required.
Note: To delete a saved setting, touch the setting, then touch Delete Settings . Touch
Delete to confirm.
5. Touch OK . The saved settings are loaded for the current copy job.
102 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
ID Card Copy
You can use the ID Card Copy App to copy both sides of an ID card or small document onto one side of paper. To copy the card properly, place each side in the upper-left corner of the document glass. The printer stores both sides of the document, then prints them side by side on the paper.
The ID Card Copy App is hidden from view on initial device setup. For details about configuring and customizing the Apps, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
For information about all the App features and available settings, refer to
To copy an ID card:
1. Lift the document feeder, then place the original document in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch ID Card Copy .
4. To clear previous App settings, touch Reset .
5. Adjust the settings as required.
6. Touch Scan Front .
7. When scanning is finished, lift the document feeder. Place the second side of the original document in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
8. To scan the second side of the original document and print the copies, touch Scan Back .
9. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
103
You can use the Email App to scan images and attach them to emails. You can specify the file name and format of the attachment, and include a subject heading and message for the email.
For details about configuring and customizing the Apps, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
For information about all the App features and available settings, refer to
To send a scanned image in an email:
104 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Load your original documents.
• For single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex automatic document feeder, use the document glass. Lift the duplex automatic document feeder, then place the original document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For multiple, single, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove all staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the duplex automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.
Note: When the original documents are detected, the automatic document feeder confirmation indicator LED illuminates.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Email .
4. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
105
5. Enter recipients.
• If the entry screen appears, to enter a recipient, touch an option, or touch X .
• To select a contact or group from the Address Book, touch the Device Address Book option.
Touch Favorites or Contacts , then select a recipient. Touch OK .
• To select a contact from the Network Address Book, touch the Network Address Book option.
Enter a name, touch Search , then select a recipient. Touch OK .
• To enter the email address manually, touch Manual Entry . In the Enter Email Address field, enter the email address, then touch Add .
• To add your own email address to the recipient list, touch Add Me . If necessary, enter your login details.
• To add more recipients, touch Add Recipient , then repeat the procedure.
Note: The choices available for adding recipients depends on system configuration.
6. To organize the recipients, touch one of the recipient names on the list. From the menu, select
To: , Cc: , or Bcc: .
7. Adjust the email settings as needed.
• To change the subject, touch Subject , enter a new subject, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific filename, touch the attachment filename, enter a new name, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format. To create a searchable file or to add password protection, from the file format menu, select More .
• To change the email message, touch Message , enter a new message, then touch OK .
• To scan more documents using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
• If scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
8. To start the scan, touch Send .
9. If Build Job is enabled, touch Scan , then, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
106 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Addddiinngg oorr EEddiittiinngg C
Booookk ffrroom
You can set up the Device Address Book using the Embedded Web Server. The Address Book can contain up to 5000 contacts that you can access when you enter recipients or destinations using apps.
To add or edit contacts in the Device Address Book from the control panel:
Note: Before you can use this feature, the system administrator must enable Create/Edit
Contact from Touch Screen for All Users.
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Email .
4. To clear previous App settings, touch Reset .
5. Touch Manual Entry . To enter an email address, use the touch screen keypad.
6. To add the recipient to the Device Address Book, touch the Address Book icon.
7. Do one of the following steps.
• To create an entry, touch Create New Contact . To enter contact details, touch a field, then use the touch screen keypad. Touch OK .
• To add to an existing entry, touch Add to Existing Contact . In the list, touch a contact. To find a contact, touch Search .
8. To mark a recipient to appear as a favorite option, touch the Star icon.
9. Adjust the email settings as needed.
10. To start the scan, touch Send .
11. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
107
Workflow Scanning
The Workflow Scanning App allows you to scan an original document, distribute, and archive the scanned image file. The Workflow Scanning feature simplifies the task of scanning many multi-page documents and saving the scanned image files in one or more file locations.
Note: The system administrator must set up this feature before you can use it. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
The Workflow Scanning App enables you to scan documents using pre-defined settings to a range of file destinations quickly and easily. There are several workflow options:
• Distribution workflows enable you to scan documents to one or more file destinations. File destinations include an FTP site, a website, and a network server. You can add fax destinations to workflows too.
• Scan to Mailbox enables you to scan documents to public or private mailbox folders on the printer hard drive.
• Scan to Home enables you to scan documents to a personal Home folder on your network.
• Scan to USB enables you to scan documents to a connected USB Flash drive.
Note:
• To scan original documents to a file destination associated with a contact in the address book, refer to
.
• To scan original documents to an email address, refer to
For information about all the App features and available settings, refer to
To scan an original document:
108 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Load your original documents.
• For single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex automatic document feeder, use the document glass. Lift the duplex automatic document feeder, then place the original document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For multiple, single, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the duplex automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.
Note: When the original documents are detected, the automatic document feeder confirmation indicator LED illuminates.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Workflow Scanning .
4. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset .
5. To select a workflow, from the Pick a Workflow screen, touch an option. If necessary, to refresh the workflow list, touch Update .
Note: If the Pick a Workflow screen is not displayed automatically, to display the screen, touch Change Workflow .
6. If needed, enter recipients, workflow destination details, or browse to the location required for the scanned original documents.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
109
7. To add a file destination, touch Add File Destinations . From the list, select a file destination.
Note: You can add file destinations to a workflow from the predefined list of file repository settings.
• In the Embedded Web Server, to create a new workflow, you can add file destinations from the predefined list.
• In the Workflow Scanning App, for a selected workflow, you can add more file destinations from the predefined list.
For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
8. Adjust the workflow scanning settings as needed.
• To save the scanned document as a specific filename, touch the attachment filename, enter a new name, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
• To define what action the device takes when the filename is used already, touch If File
Already Exists . Select an option, then touch OK .
Note: If the Add to pdf folder option is not available, access the Embedded Web Server, then enable the Filing Option settings. For details, refer to the System Administrator
Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
• If you are using the document glass, to combine pages into a single scan file, enable the Build
Job feature. To enable the feature, touch the toggle button for Build Job .
• If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
9. To start the scan, touch Scan .
10. If Build Job is enabled, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
11. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Note:
• For remote scanning, a network connection is required.
• For details about remote scanning, refer to the Help in the Embedded Web Server.
• Print, copy, and fax jobs can print while you are scanning original documents or downloading files from the printer hard drive.
Distribution Workflows are customized workflows used in the Workflow Scanning App. A workflow contains pre-programmed settings for a scan job that specify how and where scanned documents are
110 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
distributed. A workflow can include one or more file destinations, as well as fax destinations. You can store customized scan settings in each workflow.
Using the Embedded Web Server, you can create a workflow using one or more scan destinations. The following options are available:
• Predefined scan destinations from the list of file repositories.
• New scan destinations such as an FTP site, a website, or an SMB server.
• Fax number destinations.
When you create a workflow, it appears in the list of workflows in the Pick a Workflow screen of the
Workflow Scanning App.
At the printer control panel, when you select a workflow, you can change the scan settings and add more scan destinations from the predefined list.
Predefined Network File Repositories
A file repository is a predefined file destination that you can use in a workflow. You can use the printer control panel to add a file repository to a workflow.
The system administrator configures the file repositories available as predefined scanned file destinations. At least one repository must be set up for the Workflow Scanning feature to be available. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
Note: On the Pick a Workflow screen, the DEFAULT workflow is associated with the default file repository.
Creating a New Workflow
1. At your computer, open a Web browser, in the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
Note: If you do not know the IP address of your printer, see
Finding the IP Address of Your
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. In the Display area, select Workflows , then select Create New Workflow .
4. For Add Destination to Workflow, select an option:
• To add an existing file destination to the workflow, select Select from a Predefined List .
• To add a file destination to the workflow, select Enter a Scan Destination .
• To add a fax destination to the workflow, select Enter a Server Fax Number .
5. For Select from a Predefined List, select a destination from the File Destination list, then click Add .
6. For Enter a Scan Destination, add these details: a.
Click the Friendly Name field, then enter a name for the scan destination.
b.
For Protocol, select an option, then enter the destination address.
• For IP Address, enter the IP Address: Port number.
• For Host Name, enter the Host Name: Port number.
c.
Enter the name of the destination folder as needed. In SMB, the destination folder is the shared folder.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
111
d.
In Document Path, enter the name of the subfolder within the destination folder. Select a
Filing Policy.
e.
Enter a valid login name and password.
Note: Use the login name for the computer that holds the destination folder. The login name can include the domain name, such as domain name\login name.
7. Click Add .
8. To add another destination to the workflow:
• To add a file destination, for File Destinations, click Add .
• To add a fax destination, for Fax Destinations, click Add .
9. Set the scan settings for the workflow as required.
After a workflow is created in the Embedded Web Server, the workflow is added to the list in the
Workflow Scanning App.
You can scan to a shared folder on a network using SMB. The folder can be on a server or computer running SMB services.
To scan to a shared network folder, create a shared folder with read and write access privileges.
Sharing a Folder on a Windows Computer
1. Open Windows Explorer.
2. Right-click the folder you want to share, then select Properties .
3. Click the Sharing tab, then click Advanced Sharing .
4. Select Share this folder .
5. Click Permissions .
6. Select the Everyone group, then verify that all permissions are enabled.
7. Click OK .
Note: Remember the Share name for later use.
8. Click OK again.
9. Click Close .
Sharing a Folder in Macintosh OS X Version 10.7 and Later
1. From the Apple menu, select System Preferences .
2. From the System Preferences window, select Sharing , then select File Sharing .
3. Under Shared Folders, click the Plus icon ( + ). Browse to the folder that you want to share on the network, then click Add .
4. To modify access rights for your folder, select the folder. The groups activate.
5. From the Users list, click Everyone , then use the arrows to select Read & Write .
112 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. Click Options , then select a share-folder option.
• To share the folder, select Share files and folders using SMB .
• To share the folder with specific users, next to the user name, select On .
7. Click Done .
8. Close the System Preferences window.
Note: When you open a shared folder, a Shared Folder banner appears in the Finder for the folder and subfolders.
Scanning to a folder is the simplest scanning method. This function allows users to scan files to mailboxes, which are folders created on the printer hard drive. When you scan an image at the printer, the scan file is stored in a folder on the internal hard drive. You can use the Embedded Web
Server to retrieve the stored scan file to save to your computer.
The default settings create a 1-sided, color, portable document format .pdf
file. You can change the default settings using the printer control panel, or using the Embedded Web Server at your computer.
Control panel selections override the settings in the Embedded Web Server.
Scanning to the Public Mailbox Folder
The printer provides a public mailbox folder to store scanned images. You do not need a password to scan images to the public mailbox folder, or to retrieve the scanned images. All users can view scanned documents in the public mailbox folder. You can create a password-protected private mailbox folder. For details, refer to
Creating a Private Mailbox Folder
.
To scan an image to the public mailbox folder:
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Workflow Scanning .
4. To select a workflow, from the Pick a Workflow screen, touch Default Public Mailbox .
Note: If the Pick a Workflow screen is not automatically displayed, to display it, touch
Change Workflow .
5. To add a file destination, touch Add File Destinations , then select a file destination from the list.
6. Adjust the workflow scanning settings as needed.
• To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, enter a new name, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
• If you are using the document glass, to combine pages into a single scan file, enable Build
Job .
• If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
113
7. To start the scan, touch Scan . The Job Progress screen appears, and the original document is scanned. The printer stores the scanned image on the printer hard drive.
8. If Build Job is enabled, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
9. To move the file to your computer, use the Embedded Web Server. For details, refer to
Scan Files from a Mailbox Folder .
Scanning to a Private Mailbox Folder
This feature allows you to scan documents to a private mailbox folder. Private mailbox folders can require a password.
You can use the Embedded Web Server to create your private mailbox folders. For details, refer to
Creating a Private Mailbox Folder
.
To scan to a private mailbox folder:
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Workflow Scanning .
4. To select a workflow, from the Pick a Workflow screen, select a private mailbox folder.
Note: If the Pick a Workflow screen is not automatically displayed, to display it, touch
Change Workflow .
5. On the Mailbox Password screen, enter the password, then touch OK .
6. To add a file destination, touch Add File Destinations , then select a file destination from the list.
7. Adjust the workflow scanning settings as needed.
• To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, enter a new name, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
• If you are using the document glass, to combine pages into a single scan file, enable Build
Job .
• If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
8. To start the scan, touch Scan .
9. If Build Job is enabled, when prompted, do these steps:
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
114 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
10. To move the file to your computer, use the Embedded Web Server. For details, refer to
Scan Files from a Mailbox Folder .
Creating a Private Mailbox Folder
If the scan policy to allow additional folders is enabled, you can create a private mailbox folder. The system administrator can create a private mailbox folder at any time. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To create a private mailbox folder with a password:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser, in the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
Note: If you do not know the IP address of your printer, see
Finding the IP Address of Your
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. In the Display section, select Mailboxes .
Note: If the Display section does not appear, Scan to Mailbox is not enabled. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
4. In the Scan to Mailbox section, click Create Folder .
5. Click the Folder Name: field, then type a name for the folder.
6. In the Folder Password field, type a password that adheres to the password rules.
7. In the Confirm Folder Password field, type the password again.
8. Click Apply .
Your private mailbox folder appears in the mailbox folder list in the Embedded Web Server and on the printer touch screen under Pick a Workflow. The contents are stored on the printer hard drive.
Retrieving Scan Files from a Mailbox Folder
You can use the Embedded Web Server to retrieve scan files from a mailbox folder and copy the files to your computer.
To retrieve your scan files:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser, in the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
Note: If you do not know the IP address of your printer, see
Finding the IP Address of Your
.
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. In the Display section, select Mailboxes .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
115
4. In the Scan to Mailbox section, click the folder containing the scan.
Note:
• For a password protected private folder, click the Folder Password field, type the password, then click OK .
• If your image file does not appear, click Update View .
Your scan file appears in the Folder Contents window.
5. Under Action, select an option, then click Go .
• Download saves a copy of the file to your computer. When prompted, click Save , then navigate to the location on your computer to save the file. Open the file or close the dialog box.
• Reprint prints the file without saving a copy of the file to your computer.
• Delete removes the file from the mailbox. When prompted, click OK to delete the file or
Cancel to cancel the operation.
Note: You can also print a mailbox file using the Print From App. For details, refer to
Scan to Home allows you to scan documents to a home directory on an external server. The home directory is distinct for each authenticated user. The directory path is established through LDAP.
The Scan to Home feature is available as the Home workflow in the Workflow Scanning App.
To enable the Home workflow:
• Ensure that LDAP Network Authentication is configured.
• Ensure that Home folder locations are defined for each user in the LDAP directory.
Note: When a user logs in to the printer using network credentials, the Home workflow appears on the Pick a Workflow screen.
To use the Home workflow:
1. Load your original documents.
2. To log in to the printer, touch Log In , then log in with your network credentials.
3. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
4. Touch Workflow Scanning .
5. From the Pick a Workflow screen, touch the Home workflow.
Note:
• If the Pick a Workflow screen is not automatically displayed, to display it, touch Change
Workflow .
• If the Home workflow is not displayed, check that you have logged in with the required credentials.
6. To add a file destination, touch Add File Destinations , then select a file destination from the list.
116 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
7. Adjust the workflow scanning settings as needed.
• To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, enter a new name, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
• If you are using the document glass, to combine pages into a single scan file, enable Build
Job .
• If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
8. To start the scan, touch Scan .
9. If Build Job is enabled, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
You can scan a document and store the scanned file on a USB Flash drive. The Scan to USB function produces scans in .jpg
, .pdf (a) , .xps
, and .tif
file formats.
The Scan to USB feature is available as the USB workflow in the Workflow Scanning App.
Note: Only USB Flash drives formatted to the typical FAT32 file system are supported.
To scan to a USB Flash drive:
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Insert the USB Flash drive into the USB memory port.
4. At the USB Drive Detected screen, touch Scan to USB .
Note: If the USB Flash drive is inserted in the printer already, touch Workflow Scanning .
Touch Change Workflow , then touch USB .
5. To add a file destination, touch Add File Destinations , then select a file destination from the list.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
117
6. Adjust the workflow scanning settings as needed.
• To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, enter a new name, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
• If you are using the document glass, to combine pages into a single scan file, enable Build
Job .
• If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
7. To start the scan, touch Scan .
8. If Build Job is enabled, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
WARNING: Do not remove the USB Flash drive while the printer is processing the scan job.
If you remove the Flash drive before the transfer is complete, the file can become unusable and other files on the drive can be damaged.
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
A Single-Touch App enables you to use a workflow without having to use the Workflow Scanning App.
Single-Touch Apps are displayed on the Home screen, and used with a single touch.
You can use the Embedded Web Server to design the app, associate it with a workflow, and assign user rights. For details about creating Single-Touch Apps for workflow scanning destinations, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
118 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Scan To
You can use the Scan To App to scan documents to multiple destinations and recipients in a single scan. A Scan To destination can be a USB Flash drive, a shared network folder, or an SMB network location. A Scan To recipient can be a contact in the device address book or network address book, an email address, or the logged-in user.
The Scan To App supports the following scanning functions:
• Scan original documents to an email address. For details, refer to
Scanning to an Email Address .
• Scan original documents to a USB Flash drive. For details, refer to
.
• Scan original documents to a folder in a shared network location using SMB transfer protocol. For details, refer to
Scanning to a Shared Folder on a Networked Computer .
• Scan original documents to the email address associated with the logged-in user. For details, refer to
Scanning to the Logged-In User .
To scan documents to one or more file destinations using customized workflows, refer to
For details about configuring and customizing apps, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
For information about all app features and available settings, refer to
You can scan a document and send the scanned file to an email address. The Scan To App produces scans in .jpg
, .pdf (a) , .xps
, and .tif
file formats.
Before you scan to an email address, ensure that you configure the printer with the email server information. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To scan an image and send it to an email address:
1. Load the original document on the document glass or into the automatic document feeder.
Note: When the original documents are detected, the automatic document feeder confirmation indicator LED illuminates.
2. At the control panel, touch Home .
3. Touch Scan To .
4. If the Scan To destination window does not appear, touch Add Destination .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
119
5. Add recipients.
• To enter the email address manually, touch Email . Enter an email address, then touch Add .
• To select a contact or group from the Device Address Book, touch Device Address Book .
Touch Favorites or Contacts , then select a recipient.
• To select a contact or group from the Network Address Book, touch Network Address Book . In the search bar, type the name of the contact or group that you want to add, then touch
Search . From the list of results, select a recipient.
Note: For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating Favorites, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
6. To add another Scan To destination, touch Add Destination , then select the required destination.
7. To save the scanned document as a specific filename, touch the attachment filename, then enter a new name using the touch screen keypad. Touch Enter .
8. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
Note: To make scanned documents searchable, your system administrator can enable the
Searchable feature.
9. Adjust scanning options as needed.
• To change the email subject line, touch Subject . Enter a new subject line using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter .
• To change the email body message, touch Message . Enter a new message, then touch OK .
• To scan multiple pages using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
10. To begin the scan, touch Scan .
11. If Build Job is enabled, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings for the next segment of the document, touch Program Segment .
• To scan another page, load the new document onto the document glass, then touch Scan
Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
12. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
You can scan a document and store the scanned file on a USB Flash drive. The Scan To App produces scans in .jpg
, .pdf (a) , .xps
, and .tif
file formats.
Note: Only USB Flash drives formatted to the typical FAT32 file system are supported.
To scan to a USB Flash drive:
1. Load the original document on the document glass or in the automatic document feeder.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
120 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3. Touch Scan To .
4. If the Scan To destination window does not appear, touch Add Destination .
5. Insert your USB Flash drive into the USB port on the front of the printer, then touch USB .
Note: If you select USB as the Scan To destination before inserting a USB Flash drive, you will be prompted to insert it.
6. To add another Scan To destination, touch Add Destination , then select the required destination.
7. To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, then enter a new name using the touch screen keypad. Touch Enter .
8. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
9. Adjust scanning features as needed.
10. To scan multiple pages using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
11. To begin the scan, press Scan .
12. If Build Job is enabled, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings for the next segment of the document, touch Program Segment .
• To scan another page, load the new page onto the document glass, then touch Scan
Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
The printer scans your images to the root folder of the USB Flash drive.
13. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, to finish, touch Done or to scan another page, touch Add Page .
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt does not appear.
Caution: Do not remove the USB Flash drive while the device is scanning and processing the job. If you remove the Flash drive before the transfer is complete, the file can become unusable and other files on the drive can be damaged.
14. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aa SShhaarreedd FFoollddeerr oonn aa N
Coom
You can scan a document and save the scanned file to a folder on a networked computer. The Scan
To App produces scans in .jpg
, .pdf (a) , .xps
, and .tif
file formats.
Note: To scan to a user home folder, use the Workflow Scanning App. For details, refer to
Scanning to a User Home Folder
.
Before scanning to a folder on a networked computer, perform these steps:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
121
• Create a shared folder on your computer:
– For Windows, refer to
Sharing a Folder on a Windows Computer
.
– For Macintosh, refer to
Sharing a Folder in Macintosh OS X Version 10.7 and Later
.
• Configure an SMB Folder. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide , at www.support.
xerox.com
.
• Use the Embedded Web Server to associate a Scan To destination with a Device Address Book contact. For details, refer to
Adding a Scan To Destination to an Address Book Entry
.
Note: Ensure that the Address Book contains at least one contact with a scan-to destination.
1. Load the original document on the document glass or into the automatic document feeder.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Scan To .
4. To specify the destination of the scanned document, select one of the following options.
• To scan to an SMB folder on a networked computer, touch Network . Browse to the required folder, or enter the network path name, then touch OK .
Note: For information on configuring SMB folders, refer to the System Administrator
Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
• To scan to a folder associated with a contact in the address book, touch Device Address Book .
Select the required contact, then touch the Scan To location.
Note: For details on how to associate a networked folder with an address book contact, refer to
Adding a Scan To Destination to an Address Book Entry .
5. To add another Scan To destination, touch Add Destination , then select the required destination.
6. To save the scanned document as a specific filename, touch the attachment filename. Enter a new name using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter .
7. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
8. Adjust scanning options as needed.
9. To scan multiple pages using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
10. To begin the scan, press Scan .
11. If Build Jobis enabled, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings for the next segment of the document, touch Program Segment .
• To scan another page, load the new document onto the document glass, then touch Scan
Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
12. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
122 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
You can use the Add Me function to scan a document and send the scanned file to the email address associated with a logged-in user.
Note: Only users authenticated through an LDAP server can have an associated email address.
Before scanning to a logged in user, ensure that LDAP user authentication is configured. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
The Scan To App produces scans in .jpg
, .pdf (a) , .xps
, and .tif
file formats.
To scan an image and send it to the email address of the logged-in user:
1. Load the original document on the document glass or into the automatic document feeder.
2. At the control panel, touch Home .
3. Touch Scan To .
4. If the Scan To destination window does not appear, touch Add Destination .
5. Touch Add Me .
6. If you are not logged in, a login screen appears. Enter your LDAP network user name and password, then touch Done .
7. To add another Scan To destination, touch Add Destination , then select the required destination.
8. To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, then enter a new name using the touch screen keypad. Touch Enter .
9. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
Note: To make scanned documents searchable, your system administrator can enable the
Searchable feature.
10. Adjust scanning options as needed.
11. To scan multiple pages using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
12. To begin the scan, touch Scan .
13. If Build Jobis enabled, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings for the next segment of the document, touch Program Segment .
• To scan another page, load the new document onto the document glass, then touch Scan
Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
14. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
123
Addddiinngg aa SSccaann TToo D
EEnnttrryy
You can create Address Book contacts using the Embedded Web Server. A contact is a user with an associated email address, fax number, or scan to destination. If a contact has been set up to include a scan to destination, the contact is available for selection in the Scan To App. Contacts can be marked as a Favorite.
To create an address book contact and add a scan to destination:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
Note: If you do not know the IP address for your printer, refer to
2. Click Address Book.
3. To add or edit a contact in the address book:
• To add a contact, click Add , then enter the contact information.
• To edit a contact, select the contact, then click Edit .
Note: If the Add button is unavailable, the address book has reached its limit. The Device
Address Book can contain up to 5000 contacts.
4. To associate a scan destination with this contact, for Scan To Destination, click the Add
Destination ( + ) button. Enter the nickname that you want to appear in the Address Book.
5. Under Protocol, select an option, then enter the destination address:
• For FTP, SFTP, or SMB:
• For IP Address , enter the IP Address: Port number.
• For Host Name , enter the Host Name: Port number.
• For Netware, enter the Server Name, Server Volume, NDS Tree, and NDS Context.
6. For SMB, in the Share field, enter the name of the destination folder. For example, to save scanned files to a shared folder named scans, type scans .
7. In Document Path, enter the name of the subfolder within the destination folder. For example, to save the scanned files to a folder named colorscans inside the scans folder, type colorscans .
8. Enter a valid login name and password.
Note: Use the login name for the computer that holds the destination folder. For SMB, the login name is your computer user name.
9. To confirm the validity of the destination details, click Destination Test .
10. Click Save , or select Add Another Contact After Saving , then click Save .
Note: To mark a contact as a Favorite for email, fax, or scan to destination, for the appropriate field, click the Star icon. If you click the Star icon for Display Name, the contact becomes a
Global Favorite.
124 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Fax
When you send a fax from the printer control panel, the document is scanned and transmitted to a fax machine, using a dedicated telephone line. You can use the Fax
App to fax documents to a fax number, an individual contact, or to a group of contacts.
You can use the Fax App to do the following tasks:
• Delay the send of your fax job for up to 24 hours.
• Send a fax from your computer.
• Forward fax documents to an email address.
• Print a fax from a secure folder.
The fax function works best with an analog phone line. Voice-Over-Internet Protocols (VOIPs) such as
FIOS and DSL are not supported. Before you use the Fax App, configure the Fax Settings to ensure that they are compatible with your local connection and regulations. The Fax Settings include optional features you can use to configure the printer for faxing.
Note: Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
For details about configuring the fax function and customizing the Apps, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
For information about all the App features and available settings, refer to
SSeennddiinngg aa FFaaxx
To send a fax:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
125
1. Load your original documents.
• For single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex automatic document feeder, use the document glass. Lift the duplex automatic document feeder, then place the original document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For multiple, single, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the duplex automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.
Note: When the original documents are detected, the automatic document feeder confirmation indicator LED illuminates.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Fax .
4. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset .
5. Enter recipients:
• If the entry screen appears, to enter a recipient, touch an option, or touch X .
• To select a contact or group from the Device Address Book, touch the Device Address Book option. Touch Favorites or Contacts , then select a recipient.
• To enter the fax number manually, touch Manual Entry . In the Enter Fax Number field, enter the fax number, then touch Add .
• To add more recipients, touch Add Recipient , then repeat the procedure.
Note: To insert a pause as needed, touch Dial Pause .
To enter longer pauses, touch Dial
Pause multiple times.
126 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. Adjust the fax settings as needed.
• To scan more documents using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
• If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
7. Touch Send .
8. If Build Job is enabled, touch Scan , then, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
You can set a time in the future for the printer to send your fax job. You can delay the send of your fax job for up to 24 hours.
Note: Before you use this feature, ensure that the printer is set to the current time. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To specify the time to send your fax:
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
3. Add fax recipients, then adjust fax settings as needed. For details, refer to
4. Touch Delay Send .
5. Touch Delay send , then set the time to send the fax.
• To set the hour, touch the Hour field, then use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows.
• To set the minutes, touch the Minute field, then use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows.
• If your printer is set to display the 12-hour clock, touch AM or PM .
6. Touch OK .
7. Touch Send . The fax is scanned and saved, then sent at the specified time.
You can use the Cover Sheet option to add an introduction page to the beginning of your fax. You can add a short comment to the cover sheet, as well as To and From details.
To include a cover sheet:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
127
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
3. Add fax recipients, then adjust fax settings as needed. For details, refer to
4. Touch Cover Sheet > On .
5. To enter the name of the recipient, touch the To field, then use the touch screen keyboard. Touch
OK .
6. To enter the name of the sender, touch the From field, then use the touch screen keyboard. Touch
OK .
7. To add a comment, do one of the following steps.
• Touch an existing comment.
• Touch an <Available> comment, then touch the Edit icon. To type text, use the touch screen keypad. Touch OK .
Note:
• To delete an existing comment, touch the comment, then touch X . To confirm the action, touch Delete .
• To edit an existing comment, touch the comment, then touch the Edit icon. To change the comment, use the touch screen keypad. Touch OK .
8. Touch OK .
PPrriinnttiinngg aa SSeeccuurree FFaaxx
When the Fax Secure Receive option is enabled, all faxes that the device receives are held in the Job list until you enter a passcode. After you enter the passcode, the faxes are released and printed.
Note: Before you can receive a Secure Fax, ensure that the Secure Fax Receive feature is enabled. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To print a secure fax:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs .
3. To view Secure Print jobs, touch Secure Jobs .
4. Touch your folder.
5. Enter the passcode number, then touch OK .
6. Select an option.
• To print a Secure Print job, touch the job.
• To print all the jobs in the folder, touch Print All .
• To delete a Secure Print job, touch the Trash icon. At the prompt, touch Delete .
• To delete all the jobs in the folder, touch Delete All .
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
128 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Fax Polling allows you to store a fax document on the printer and make it available for other fax machines to poll. You can also retrieve faxes stored on other fax machines. To use this feature, both the polling printer and the remote printer must have the Fax Polling feature.
Storing a Fax for Polling
You can store faxes for polling as Non-Secure or Secure. When you select Secure Storage, you create a list of remote device fax numbers that are allowed to access secure faxes.
Storing a Fax for Non-Secure Polling
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
3. If the entry screen is displayed, touch Polling , or touch Add Recipient , then touch Polling .
4. Touch Store Polling Files .
5. Touch Non-Secure Storage , then touch OK . To confirm, touch Update Setting .
6. Touch Send . The original documents are scanned and stored for non-secure polling.
Storing a Fax for Secure Polling
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
3. If the entry screen is displayed, touch Polling , or touch Add Recipient , then touch Polling .
4. Touch Store Polling Files .
5. Touch Secure Storage .
6. Touch Enter a Fax Number . To enter the fax number for the remote device, use the keypad.
Touch OK .
7. Touch the + button. The fax number is added to the access list.
8. Continue to enter fax numbers for all remote devices that require access to the secure documents.
9. Touch OK . To confirm, touch Update Setting .
10. Touch Send . The original documents are scanned and stored for secure polling.
Deleting Documents Stored for Polling
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
2. If the entry screen is displayed, touch Polling , or touch Add Recipient , then touch Polling .
3. Touch Store Polling Files .
4. Touch Empty Fax Polling . To confirm, touch Empty Fax Polling again.
5. Touch OK .
Printing Faxes Stored for Polling
To print faxes stored for polling:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
129
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
2. If the entry screen is displayed, touch Polling , or touch Add Recipient , then touch Polling .
3. Touch Print From Polling Device .
4. To print faxes that are stored for polling on the local device: a.
Touch Local Fax Polling .
b.
Touch Print .
c.
To delete stored faxes after they print, touch Empty Fax Polling . To confirm, touch Empty
Fax Mailbox .
The local faxes that are stored for polling print.
5. To print faxes that are stored for polling on a remote device: a.
Touch Remote Fax Polling .
b.
Touch Enter Fax Number . To enter the fax number of the remote device, use the keypad.
Touch OK .
c.
To add a number to the list, touch the + button. Enter more fax numbers as needed.
d.
To edit the list of fax numbers, touch a number in the list, then touch Remove or Edit .
e.
To set a specific time to poll the remote device, touch Delay Polling .
• Touch Delay Polling .
• To set the hour, touch the Hour field, then use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows.
• To set the minutes, touch the Minute field, then use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows.
• If your printer is set to display the 12-hour clock, touch AM or PM .
• Touch OK .
f.
Touch Print .
The faxes that are stored on the remote device for polling print.
6. Touch X to exit.
Storing a Fax in a Local Mailbox
The system administrator must create a mailbox before you can use this feature. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To store a fax in a local mailbox:
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
3. If the entry screen is displayed, touch Mailboxes , or touch Add Recipient , then touch Mailboxes .
4. Touch Store To Mailbox .
5. Touch Local Mailbox .
6. Touch a mailbox from the list.
130 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
7. If a passcode is required, touch the Mailbox Passcode field. To enter the four-digit mailbox passcode, use the keypad. Touch OK .
8. Touch OK . The mailbox appears as the recipient of the fax.
9. To select a different mailbox, touch the recipient field, then touch Remove or Edit .
10. Touch Send . The original documents are scanned and stored in the mailbox.
Printing Local Mailbox Documents
To use this feature, you must have documents stored in a mailbox. For details, see
.
To print local mailbox documents:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
2. If the entry screen is displayed, touch Mailboxes , or touch Add Recipient , then touch Mailboxes .
3. Touch Print From Mailbox .
4. Touch Local Mailbox .
5. Touch a mailbox from the list.
6. If a passcode is required, touch the Mailbox Passcode field. To enter the four-digit mailbox passcode, use the keypad. Touch OK .
7. Touch Print . The documents in the mailbox print.
8. To delete the contents of the mailbox after the device finishes printing, touch Empty Mailbox . To confirm, touch Empty Mailbox .
9. To exit, touch X .
Storing a Fax in a Remote Mailbox
To store a fax in a remote mailbox:
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
3. If the entry screen is displayed, touch Mailboxes , or touch Add Recipient , then touch Mailboxes .
4. Touch Store To Mailbox .
5. Touch Remote Mailbox .
6. To enter the fax number of the remote device, touch Enter Remote Fax Number , then use the numeric keypad. Touch OK .
7. To enter the mailbox number, touch the Mailbox Number field, then use the numeric keypad.
Touch Enter .
8. If a passcode is required, touch the Mailbox Passcode field. To enter the four-digit mailbox passcode, use the numeric keypad. Touch OK .
9. Touch OK . To select a different mailbox, touch the recipient field, then touch Remove or Edit .
10. Touch Send . The original documents are scanned and stored in the remote mailbox.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
131
Printing Remote Mailbox Documents
To print remote mailbox documents:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax .
2. If the entry screen is displayed, touch Mailboxes , or touch Add Recipient , then touch Mailboxes .
3. Touch Print From Mailbox .
4. Touch Remote Mailbox .
5. To enter the fax number of the remote device, touch Enter Remote Fax Number , then use the numeric keypad. Touch OK .
6. To enter the mailbox number, touch the Mailbox Number field, then use the numeric keypad.
Touch Enter .
7. If a passcode is required, touch the Mailbox Passcode field. To enter the four-digit mailbox passcode, use the keypad. Touch OK .
8. Touch Print . The documents in the remote mailbox print.
9. Touch X to exit.
You can set up the Device Address Book using the Embedded Web Server. The Address Book can contain up to 5000 contacts that you can access when you enter recipients or destinations using apps.
To add or edit contacts in the Device Address Book from the control panel:
Note: Before you can use this feature, the system administrator must enable Create/Edit
Contact from Touch Screen for All Users.
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Fax .
4. To clear previous App settings, touch Reset .
5. Touch Manual Entry . To type the fax number, use the touch screen keypad.
6. To add the recipient to the Device Address Book, touch the Address Book icon.
7. Do one of the following steps.
• To create an entry, touch Create New Contact . Touch each field, then enter the contact details using the touch screen keypad. Touch OK .
• To add to an existing entry, touch Add to Existing Contact . Touch a contact in the list, or use the Search option to find a contact.
8. To mark a recipient to appear as a favorite option, touch the Star icon.
9. Adjust the fax settings as needed.
10. To start the scan, touch Send .
11. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
132 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
You can send a fax to the printer from an application on your computer.
Sending a Fax from Windows Applications
You can use the print driver to send a fax from Windows applications.
You can use the fax window to enter recipients, create a cover page with notes, and set options. You can send a confirmation sheet, set the send speed, resolution, send time, and dialing options.
To send a fax from Windows applications:
1. With the desired document or image open in your application, open the Print dialog box. For most software applications, click File > Print or press CTRL+P .
2. Select the required printer. To open the print driver dialog box, click Printer Properties .
3. On the Printing Options tab, from the Job Type list, select Fax .
4. In the Fax window, click the Recipients tab.
5. To add recipients manually: a.
Click the Add Recipient icon.
b.
Type the recipient name and fax number, then add other information as required.
c.
Click OK .
d.
To add more recipients, repeat this procedure.
6. To add existing contacts from a phonebook: a.
Click the Add From Phonebook icon.
b.
Select the required phonebook from the list.
c.
Select names from the list, or search for a contact using the search bar.
d.
To add the selected contacts to the Fax Recipients list, click the Down Arrow .
e.
Click OK .
f.
To add more recipients, repeat this procedure.
7. To include a cover sheet, click the Cover Sheet tab. From the Cover Sheet Options list, select Print a Cover Sheet . Enter the details as needed, then click OK .
8. On the Options tab, select the required options, then click OK .
9. To save your settings and return to the main print dialog page, click OK .
10. Click Print . In the Fax Confirmation window, click OK .
Sending a Fax from Macintosh Applications
You can use the fax driver to send a fax from many Macintosh applications. To install the fax driver, refer to
Installing the Print Driver Software
.
To send a fax from Macintosh applications:
1. With the desired document or image open in your application, open the Print dialog box. For most software applications, click File > Print or press CMD+P .
2. Select the required printer.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
133
3. To access the fax driver settings, click Preview , select Xerox Features , then from Job Type list, select Fax .
4. To add a recipient, in the Fax window, click the Recipients tab, then click the Add Recipient icon.
5. Type the recipient name and fax number, add other information as needed, then click OK .
6. To add more recipients, repeat this procedure.
7. To include a cover sheet, click the Cover Sheet tab.
8. From the Cover Sheet list, select Print a Cover Sheet , then enter the details as needed.
9. On the Options tab, select the required options. To save your settings and return to the main print dialog window, click OK .
10. To send the fax, click Print .
134 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Server Fax
Server Fax allows you to send a fax over a network to a fax server. The fax server then sends the fax to a fax machine over a phone line. Before you can send a server fax, configure a fax filing repository or filing location. The fax server retrieves the documents from the filing location and transmits them over the telephone network.
For details about configuring and customizing the Apps, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
For information about all the App features and available settings, refer to
SSeennddiinngg aa SSeerrvveerr FFaaxx
If a fax server is connected to the network, you can send a document to a fax machine without requiring a dedicated telephone line.
When using the server fax, a document is scanned and sent to a fax repository on the network. The fax server sends the fax over a telephone line to a fax machine.
Before you can use the server fax, the system administrator is required to enable the server fax app and configure a fax repository, or filing location.
To send a server fax:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
135
1. Load your original documents.
• For single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex automatic document feeder, use the document glass. Lift the duplex automatic document feeder, then place the original document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For multiple, single, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the duplex automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.
Note: When the original documents are detected, the automatic document feeder confirmation indicator LED illuminates.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Server Fax .
4. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset .
5. Enter recipients.
• If the entry screen appears, touch an option, or touch X .
• To select a contact or group from the Device Address Book, touch the Device Address Book option, then select a recipient.
• To enter the fax number manually, touch Manual Entry . In the Enter Fax Number field, enter the fax number, then touch Add .
• To add more recipients, touch Add Recipient , then repeat the procedure.
Note: To insert a pause as needed, touch Dial Pause . To enter longer pauses, touch Dial
Pause multiple times.
136 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. Adjust server fax settings as needed.
• To scan more documents using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
• If scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
7. Touch Send .
8. If Build Job is enabled, touch Scan , then, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
You can set a time in the future for the printer to send your fax job. The delay can range from 15 minutes through 24 hours.
Note: Before you use this feature, set the printer to the current time.
To specify the time to send your server fax:
1. Load your original documents.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Server Fax .
4. Add server fax recipients, then adjust server fax settings as needed. For details, refer to
5. Touch Delay Send .
6. Touch Delay Send , then set the time to send the server fax:
• To set the hour, touch the Hour field, then use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows.
• To set the minutes, touch the Minute field, then use the numeric keypad, or touch the arrows.
• If your printer is set to display the 12-hour clock, touch AM or PM .
7. Touch OK .
8. Touch Send . The fax is scanned and saved, then sent at the time you specified.
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
137
Internet Fax
You can use the Internet Fax App to scan images and attach them to emails. You can specify the file name and format of the attachment, and include a subject heading and message for the email.
For details on configuring and customizing the Apps, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
For information about all the App features and available settings, refer to
To send a scanned image in an email:
138 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Load your original documents.
• For single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex automatic document feeder, use the document glass. Lift the duplex automatic document feeder, then place the original document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For multiple, single, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the duplex automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.
Note: When the original documents are detected, the automatic document feeder confirmation indicator LED illuminates.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Internet Fax .
4. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset .
5. Enter recipients:
• If the entry screen appears, to enter a recipient, touch an option, or touch X .
• To select a contact from the Address Book, touch the Device Address Book option. Select a recipient, then touch OK .
• To enter an Internet fax address manually, touch Manual Entry . In the Enter an Internet Fax
Address field, enter the Internet fax address, then touch Add .
• To add more recipients, touch Add Recipient , then repeat the procedure.
6. To organize the recipients, touch one of the recipients on the list. From the menu, select To: or
Cc: .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
139
7. Adjust the Internet fax settings as needed:
• To change the subject, touch Subject , enter a new subject, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific filename, touch the attachment filename, enter a new name, then touch OK .
• To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then select the required format.
• To change the Internet fax message, touch Message , enter a new message, then touch OK .
• To scan more documents using the document glass, or to change settings for different sections of the job, touch Build Job .
• If scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning , then select an option.
For details about available features, refer to
8. To start the scan, touch Send .
9. If Build Job is enabled, touch Scan , then, when prompted, do these steps.
• To change settings, touch Program Next Segment .
• To scan another page, touch Scan Next Segment .
• To finish, touch Submit .
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
140 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Print From
You can use the Print From App to print jobs from various sources. You can print jobs stored in a print-ready format from a USB stick. You can also print Saved Jobs and jobs stored in a Mailbox.
To create a print-ready file, when you print your documents from programs such as Microsoft Word, select the Print to File option. Check with your specific publishing application for options to create print-ready files.
You can print single or multiple files stored on a USB Flash drive. The USB port is on the front of the printer.
Note: Only USB Flash drives formatted to the typical FAT32 file system are supported.
To print from a USB Flash drive:
1. Insert the USB Flash drive into the USB port on the printer.
2. At the USB Drive Detected screen, touch Print from USB .
Note: If the Print from USB feature does not appear, enable the feature, or contact your system administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.
xerox.com
.
3. To select a file for printing, browse to the file, then touch the check box. If multiple files require printing, browse to each file, then select the check box for each file.
4. Touch OK .
A list of files selected for printing appears.
5. To remove files from the printing list:
• To remove a single file, touch the file, then select Remove . To confirm removal, touch Remove .
• To remove all the files, touch a file, then select Remove All . To confirm removal, touch
Remove All .
6. Adjust the feature settings as needed.
7. Touch Print .
8. When you are finished, remove the USB Flash drive.
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
To print from saved jobs:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
141
1. At the control panel, press the Home button, then touch Print From .
2. Touch Saved Jobs , then touch the name of the folder that contains the saved job.
3. Touch the name of the saved job that you want to print.
4. Select the options for paper supply, quantity, 2-sided printing, and finishing.
5. Touch Print .
Note: To print a private saved job, at the Passcode Required screen, enter the passcode, then touch OK .
6. After the job prints, to return to the list of saved jobs, touch Change File .
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Print from mailbox allows you to print a file that is stored in a folder on the printer hard drive.
To print from a mailbox:
1. At the control panel, press the Home button, then touch Print From .
2. Select Mailboxes , then touch the name of the folder containing the document.
Note: If Mailboxes does not appear, enable the feature or contact the system administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.
com .
3. Touch the name of the document that you want to print.
4. Select the options for paper supply, quantity, 2-sided printing, and finishing.
5. Touch Print .
6. After the job prints, to return to the mailbox folder, touch Change File .
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
142 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5
Printing
This chapter contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
143
Printing Overview
Before you print, ensure that your computer and the printer are plugged in, powered on, and connected to an active network. Ensure that you have the correct print driver software installed on your computer. For details, refer to
Installing the Print Driver Software .
1. Select the appropriate paper.
2. Load paper in the appropriate tray. At the printer control panel, specify the paper size, color, and type.
3. Access the print settings in your software application. For most software applications, for
Windows, press CTRL+P , or for Macintosh, press CMD+P .
4. Select your printer.
5. To access the print driver settings, for Windows, select Printer Properties , Print Options , or
Preferences . For Macintosh, select Xerox Features . The name of the option can vary depending on your application.
6. Modify the print driver settings as necessary, then click OK .
7. To send the job to the printer, click Print .
8. If you selected a special job type, for example Secure Print or Sample Print, your job is held at the printer and requires further action to print. To manage jobs at the printer, use the Jobs app.
For further information on managing print jobs, refer to
.
144 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Selecting Printing Options
Printing options, also called print driver software options, are specified as Printing preferences in
Windows and Xerox ® Features in Macintosh. Printing options include settings for 2-sided printing, page layout, and print quality. Printing options that you set from Printing preferences within the
Devices and Printers window become the default setting. Printing options that you set within the software application are temporary. The application and the computer do not save the settings after the application is closed.
Xerox ® print driver software Help information is available from the Printing Preferences window. To see the help, click the Help ( ?
) button in the bottom-left corner of the Printing Preferences window.
Information about Printing Preferences appears in the Help window. From this window, you can select by topic or use the search field. In the search field, enter the topic or function required.
When you print from any software application, the printer uses the print job settings that are specified in the Printing Preferences window. You can specify your most common printing options and save the options for reuse so that you do not have to change the settings each time that you print.
For example, if you want to print on both sides of the paper for most jobs, specify 2-sided printing in
Printing Preferences.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
145
1. On your computer, navigate to the list of printers:
• For Windows Server 2008 and later, click Start > Settings > Printers .
• For Windows 7, click Start > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows 8, click Start > Control Panel > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows 10, click Start > Settings > Devices > Printers & scanners .
Note: If you are using a custom Start menu application, the application can change the navigation path to your list of printers.
2. For your printer, select Printing preferences :
• For Windows Server 2008 or later, Windows 7, or Windows 8, right-click the icon for your printer, then click Printing preferences .
• For Windows 10, click the icon for your printer, then click Manage > Printing preferences .
3. In the Printing Preferences window, click a tab, then select the options. To save the settings, click
OK .
Note: For more information about Windows print driver options, click the Help button ( ?
) in the
Printing Preferences window.
To use special printing options for a particular job, you can change the Printing Preferences before sending the job to the printer.
1. With the document open in your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, click File > Print or press CTRL+P for Windows.
2. To open the Printing Preferences window, select your printer, then click the Printer Properties ,
Print Options , or Preferences button. The title of the button can vary, depending on your application.
3. Click a tab in the Printing Preferences window, then make selections.
4. To save your selections and close the Printing Preferences window, click OK .
5. To send the job to the printer, click Print .
If your printer has a finisher installed, you can select finishing options in the Properties window of the print driver. Finishing options allow you to select how your document is delivered. For example, you can select hole-punching, stapling, folding, or printing in a booklet format.
Note: Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
To select finishing options in the PostScript and PCL print drivers:
1. In the print driver, click the Printing Options tab.
146 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
2. To select a finishing option, for Finishing, click the arrow.
Note: The print driver displays stapling positions for paper fed on the long edge. If paper feeds on the short edge instead of the long edge, the finisher can insert the staple in the wrong location.
3. To select the output tray, for Output Destination, click the arrow, then select an option:
• Automatic : This option determines the output destination based on the number of sets and the stapling option selected. The printer sends multiple sets or stapled sets to the finisher output tray.
• Center Tray : This option selects the output tray that is in the middle of the Offset Catch Tray, or the selected finisher.
• Center Bottom Tray : This option selects the output tray that is on the bottom of the Offset
Catch Tray.
• Left Tray : This option selects the output tray that is on the left side of the printer or the selected finisher.
• Finisher Tray : This option selects the output tray that is on the Global Integrated Office
Finisher.
• Right Tray : This option selects the output tray that is on top of the Office Finisher.
• Right Top Tray : This option selects the output tray that is on top of the Business Ready
Finisher.
• Right Middle Tray : This option selects the output tray that is in the middle of the Business
Ready Booklet Maker Finisher.
• Right Bottom Tray : This option selects the output tray that is on the bottom of the Business
Ready Finisher when the optional Booklet Maker is not installed.
4. To send the job to the printer, click OK , then click Print .
PPrriinntteerr
1. On your computer, navigate to the list of printers:
• For Windows Server 2008 and later, click Start > Settings > Printers .
• For Windows 7, click Start > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows 8, click Start > Control Panel > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows 10, click Start > Settings > Devices > Printers & scanners .
Note: If the Control Panel icon does not appear on the desktop, right-click the desktop, then select Personalize > Control Panel Home > Devices and Printers .
2. For your printer, select Printer properties :
• For Windows Server 2008 or later, Windows 7, or Windows 8, right-click the icon for your printer, then click Printing properties .
• For Windows 10, click the icon for your printer, then click Manage > Printer properties .
3. In the printer Properties dialog box, click the Advanced tab.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
147
4. On the Advanced tab, click Printing Defaults .
5. On the print driver tabs, make your selections as needed, then click Apply .
6. To save the settings, click OK .
You can define and save a set of options, so that you can apply them to future print jobs. After you save a set of print options, they are available for selection from the Saved Settings or Presets list, or the 1–Touch area, if available.
To save a set of printing options:
1. With the document open in your application, click File > Print .
2. To open the Printing Preferences window, select your printer, then click Properties or Preferences .
3. In the Printing Properties window, click the tabs, then select the required settings.
4. In the Printing Properties window, click Saved Settings or Presets , then click Save As .
5. Type a name for the saved setting or preset, then choose preset options, if available:
• Choose an icon for the preset.
• To enable the preset as 1–Touch, select 1–Touch Preset .
• To share the preset in all print drivers, select Show this Preset in All Drivers .
6. Click OK .
7. To print with these settings:
• From the Saved Settings or Presets list, select the name of the preset.
• For a 1–Touch preset, click 1–Touch , then click the required 1–Touch preset.
To use specific printing options, change the settings before sending the job to the printer.
1. With the document open in your application, click File > Print .
2. Select your printer.
3. In the Print window, in the print options list, click Xerox Features .
Note: To see all printing options, click Show Details .
4. Select any other required printing options from the lists.
5. To send the job to the printer, click Print .
148 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
If your printer has a finisher installed, select finishing options in the Xerox ® Features of the print driver.
To select finishing options in the Macintosh print driver:
1. In the Print window, in the print options list, click Xerox Features .
2. To select a finishing option, click the arrow to the right of the Finishing field, then select an option.
3. To select the output tray, click the arrow to the right of the Output Destination field, then select an option.
• Automatic : This option determines the output destination based on the number of sets and the stapling option selected. The printer sends multiple sets or stapled sets to the finisher output tray.
• Center Tray : This option selects the output tray in the middle of the Offset Catch Tray, the
Office Finisher, or the Business Ready Finisher.
• Center Bottom Tray : This option selects the output tray on the bottom of the Offset Catch
Tray.
• Finisher Tray : This option selects the output tray on the Integrated Office Finisher.
• Left Tray : This option selects the output tray on the left side of the printer.
• Right Tray : This option selects the output tray on top of the Office Finisher.
• Right Top Tray : This option selects the output tray on top of the Business Ready Finisher.
• Right Middle Tray : This option selects the output tray that is in the middle of the Business
Ready Booklet Maker Finisher.
• Right Bottom Tray : This option selects the output tray that is on the bottom of the Business
Ready Finisher when the optional Booklet Maker is not installed.
4. To send the job to the printer, click Print .
You can define and save a set of options, so that you can apply them to future print jobs.
To save a set of printing options:
1. With the document open in your application, click File > Print .
2. Select your printer from the Printers list.
3. Select the required printing options from the lists in the Print dialog box.
Note: To see all printing options, click Show Details .
4. Click Presets > Save Current Settings as Preset .
5. Type a name for the printing options. To save the set of options in the Presets list, click OK .
6. To print using these options, select the name from the Presets list.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
149
To provide printer spooling and network print server functionality, UNIX-based printing uses LPD/LPR port 515 or lp to port 9100. Xerox printers can communicate using either protocol.
XXeerrooxx ®
Xerox ® Printer Manager is an application that allows you to manage and print to multiple printers in
UNIX and Linux environments.
Xerox ® Printer Manager allows you to:
• Configure and check the status of network connected printers.
• Set up a printer on your network and monitor the operation of the printer once installed.
• Perform maintenance checks and view supplies status at any time.
• Provide a common look and feel across the many different suppliers of UNIX and Linux operating systems.
Installing Xerox ® Printer Manager
Before you begin:
Ensure that you have root or superuser privileges to install Xerox ® Printer Manager.
1. Download the appropriate package for your operating system. To locate drivers for your printer, go to www.support.xerox.com
. The available files are:
• Xeroxv5Pkg-AIXpowerpc-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.rpm for the IBM PowerPC family.
• Xeroxv5Pkg-HPUXia64-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.depot.gz to support HP Itanium workstations.
• Xeroxv5Pkg-Linuxi686-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.rpm to support RPM-based 32-bit Linux environments.
• Xeroxv5Pkg-Linuxi686-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.deb to support Debian-based 32-bit Linux environments.
• Xeroxv5Pkg-Linuxx86_64-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.rpm to support RPM-based 64-bit Linux environments.
• Xeroxv5Pkg-Linuxx86_64-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.deb to support Debian-based 64-bit Linux environments.
• Xeroxv5Pkg-SunOSi386-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.pkg.gz for Sun Solaris x86 systems.
• Xeroxv5Pkg-SunOSsparc-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.pkg.gz for Sun Solaris SPARC systems.
2. To install the custom driver, log in as root then type the following command:
• AIX: rpm -U Xeroxv5Pkg-AIXpowerpc-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.rpm
• HPUX: swinstall -s Xeroxv5Pkg-HPUXia64-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.depot.gz /*
• Linux (RPM based): rpm -U Xeroxv5Pkg-Linuxi686-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.rpm
• Linux (Debian based): dpkg -i Xeroxv5Pkg-Linuxi686-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.deb
• Solaris (x86 based): pkgadd -d Xeroxv5Pkg-SunOSi386-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.pkg
• Solaris (SPARC based): pkgadd -d Xeroxv5Pkg-SunOSsparc-x.xx.xxx.xxxx.pkg
The installation creates a Xerox directory in /opt/Xerox/prtsys.
150 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Launching Xerox ® Printer Manager
To launch Xerox ® Printer Manager:
1. From your computer, access a command window. At the command prompt, log in as root, then type xeroxofficeprtmgr
.
2. Press Enter or Return .
To print from a Linux workstation, install either a Xerox ® print driver for Linux or a CUPS (Common
UNIX Printing System) print driver. You do not need both drivers.
Xerox recommends that you install one of the full-featured custom print drivers for Linux. To locate drivers for your printer, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
If you use CUPS, ensure that CUPS is installed and running on your workstation. The instructions for installing and building CUPS are contained in the CUPS Software Administrators Manual , written and copyrighted by Easy Software Products. For complete information on CUPS printing capabilities, refer to the CUPS Software Users Manual available from www.cups.org/documentation.php
.
Installing the PPD File on the Workstation
1. On the Xerox Support website, from the Drivers and Downloads page, download the Xerox ® PPD for CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System).
2. Copy the PPD file into the CUPS ppd/Xerox folder on your workstation. If you are unsure of the location of the folder, use the Find command to locate the PPD files.
3. Follow the instructions that are included with the PPD file.
Adding the Printer
1. Verify that the CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) daemon is running.
2. Open a Web browser, type http://localhost:631/admin
, then press Enter or Return .
3. For User ID, type root . For password, type the root password.
4. Click Add Printer , then follow the onscreen prompts to add the printer to the CUPS printer list.
Printing with CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System)
CUPS supports the use of both the System V (lp) and Berkeley (lpr) printing commands.
1. To print to a specific printer in System V, type lp -dprinter filename , then press Enter .
2. To print to a specific printer in Berkeley, type lpr -Pprinter filename , then press Enter .
Xerox provides Work Station Customization Object (WSCO) files to support IBM i V6R1 or later. A
Work Station Customization Object is a lookup table that the host print transform (HPT) uses to translate AS/400 commands to the equivalent PCL code that is specific to a particular printer. A
WSCO file can modify many print features, including: paper input tray, 2-sided printing, characters per inch, lines per inch, orientation, fonts, and margins.
The XTOOLS library provides a source WSCO file for each supported Xerox ® printer or device. The
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
151
library and installation instructions are available from www.support.xerox.com
.
To install the XTOOLS library, select the downloadable files for the IBM AS/400 operating system, unzip the downloaded XTOOLSxxxx.zip
file, then follow the instructions to install the library.
Download and install the library only once.
Note:
• The host print transform works only on AFPDS and SCS files. To use the WSCO for printing, convert IPDS-formatted printer files to AFPDS files.
• Administrator credentials with IOSYSCFG permissions are required to create a device description or a remote queue.
• For details on AS/400, refer to the IBM AS/400 Printing V, (Red Book) , available on the IBM website.
Installing the WSCO Library and Setting Up Print Queues
For detailed instructions on installing the WSCO library and setting up print queues, refer to the installation instructions that are included with the library.
This printer can print from iOS and Android mobile devices.
You can connect to your printer from a Wi-Fi mobile device, such as a tablet, computer, or smartphone, using Wi-Fi Direct.
For details, refer to
Connecting with Wi-Fi Direct .
For details on using Wi-Fi Direct, refer to the documentation provided with your mobile device.
Note: Depending on which mobile device you are using, the printing procedure varies.
You can print directly from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac using AirPrint ® . To enable AirPrint ® for your printer, refer to
To print with AirPrint ® :
1. Open the email, photograph, webpage, or document that you want to print.
2. Tap the Action icon.
3. Tap Print .
4. Select your printer, then set the printer options.
5. Tap Print .
For more information on configuring AirPrint ® , refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
152 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Mopria is a software feature that enables users to print from mobile devices without requiring a print driver. You can use Mopria to print from your mobile device to Mopria-enabled printers.
Note:
• Mopria and all of its required protocols are enabled by default.
• Ensure that you have the latest version of the Mopria Print Service software installed on your mobile device. You can obtain a free download of the software from the Google Play
Store.
• To connect the printer to Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Direct, purchase and install the Xerox Wireless
Network Adapter. For more information, refer to the Xerox ® Dual Band Wireless Kit
Hardware Install and Setup instructions that are included with the kit.
• To use Wi-Fi Direct, in the Embedded Web Server, enable the Wi-Fi Direct feature. For details on configuring Wi-Fi Direct, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.
com .
• To configure the Wireless settings, ensure that devices are connected to the same wireless network as the printer.
• The name and location of your printer appears in a list of Mopria-enabled printers on connected devices.
To print using Mopria, follow the directions that are provided with your mobile device.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
153
Print Jobs
From the control panel Jobs menu, you can view lists of active jobs, secure jobs, or completed jobs.
You can pause, delete, print, or view job progress or job details for a selected job. When you send a secure print job, the job is held until you release it by typing a passcode at the control panel. For details, refer to
From the Jobs window in the Embedded Web Server, you can view a list of active and saved print jobs.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs , then touch the name of the required print job.
3. Select a task.
Note: If you do not make a selection, the job automatically resumes after the set timeout period.
• To pause the print job, touch Hold . To resume the print job, touch Release .
• To delete the print job, touch Delete . At the prompt, touch Delete .
• To move the job to the top of the list, touch Promote .
• To view the status of the job, touch Job Progress .
• To view information about the job, touch Job Details , then touch Job Settings or Required
Resources .
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Note:
• The system administrator can restrict users from deleting jobs. If a system administrator restricts job deletion, you can view the jobs, but you cannot delete them.
• Only the user that sent the job, or the system administrator, can delete a Secure Print job.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs .
3. From the jobs list, touch the held job name. The resources required for the job appear on the control panel.
154 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. Do one of the following steps.
• To print the job, replenish the resources required. The job resumes automatically when the required resources are available. If the job does not print automatically, touch Resume .
• To choose an alternative paper source to enable the job to print, touch Print On Alternate
Paper . Select a paper tray, then touch OK .
• To delete the print job, touch Delete . At the prompt, touch Delete .
Note: The Print On Alternate Paper option is enabled using the Embedded Web Server. For details about the Print On Alternate Paper option, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
PPrriinnttiinngg SSppeecciiaall JJoobb TTyyppeess
Special job types allow you to send a print job from your computer, then print it from the printer control panel. Select special job types in the print driver, Printing Options tab, under Job Type.
SSaavveedd JJoobb
Saved Jobs are documents that are sent to the printer and stored there for future use. All users can print or delete a Saved Job.
At the control panel, from the Print From menu, you can view and print saved jobs. In the Embedded
Web Server, in the Jobs window, you can view, print, and delete saved jobs, and you can manage where jobs are stored.
Printing using Saved Job
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties . Depending on your application, the title of the button can vary.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, in the print options list, click Xerox Features .
3. For Job Type, select Saved Job .
a.
Type a job name or select a name from the list.
b.
Type a folder name or select a name from the list.
c.
To add a passcode, click Private , type the passcode, then confirm the passcode.
d.
Click OK .
4. Select other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK , then click Print .
• For Macintosh, click Print .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
155
Print, Delete, Move, or Copy a Saved Job in the Embedded Web Server
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Home .
3. Click Jobs .
4. Click the Saved Jobs tab.
5. For the job that you want to process, select the check box.
6. From the menu, select an option.
• Print Job : This option prints a job immediately.
• Delete Job This option deletes the saved job.
• Move Job : Use this option to move the job to another folder location.
• Copy Job : Use this option to duplicate the job.
7. Click Go .
SSeeccuurree PPrriinntt
Use Secure Print to print sensitive or confidential information. After you send the job, it is held at the printer until you enter your passcode at the printer control panel.
After a Secure Print job is printed, it is deleted automatically.
Printing using Secure Print
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties . Depending on your application, the title of the button varies.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, click Preview , then select Xerox Features .
3. For Job Type, select Secure Print .
4. Type the passcode, confirm the passcode, then click OK .
5. Select any other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK , then click Print .
• For Macintosh, click Print .
Releasing a Secure Print job
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs .
3. To view Secure Print jobs, touch Secure Jobs .
156 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. Do one of the following:
• If you submitted a single Secure Print job, touch the folder, then touch the job. Enter the passcode number, then touch OK . The job prints automatically.
• If you submitted multiple Secure Print jobs, touch the folder, enter the passcode number, then touch OK . Select an option:
• To print a single Secure Print job, touch the job required.
• To print all the jobs in the folder, touch Print All .
• To delete a single Secure Print job, touch the Trash icon. At the prompt, touch Delete .
• To delete all the jobs in the folder, touch Delete All .
Note: After a Secure Print job prints, the printer deletes it automatically.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
The Sample Set job type prints one copy of a multiple-copy print job before printing the remaining copies. After reviewing the sample set, you can either print the remaining copies or delete them at the printer control panel.
Sample Set is a type of saved job with these features:
• A Sample Set job appears in a folder named after the user ID associated with the print job.
• A Sample Set job does not use a passcode.
• Any user can print or delete a Sample Set job.
• A Sample Set prints one copy of a job to allow you to proofread the job before printing any remaining copies.
After a Sample Set job is printed, it is deleted automatically.
To print a Sample Set, refer to
.
Printing using Sample Set
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties . Depending on your application, the title of the button varies.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, click Preview , then select Xerox Features .
3. For Job Type, select Sample Set .
4. Select any other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK , then click Print .
• For Macintosh, click Print .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
157
Releasing a Sample Set
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To view available jobs, touch Jobs .
3. Touch the Sample Set job.
Note: The Sample Set file description shows the job as Held for Future Printing, and shows the number of remaining copies of the job.
4. Select an option.
• To print the remaining copies of the job, touch Release .
• To delete the remaining copies of the job, touch Delete .
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
158 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing Features
There are two ways to select the paper for your print job. You can let the printer select which paper to use based on the document size, paper type, and paper color you specify. You can also select a specific tray loaded with the desired paper.
• To locate paper options in Windows, in the print driver, click the Printing Options tab.
• To locate paper options on Macintosh, in the Print window, in the print options list, click Xerox
Features . Within Xerox Features, in the options list, click Paper/Output .
Use Select By Tray to print from a specific tray without specifying paper attributes in the print driver or at the printer control panel. This option prints the job from the selected tray, even when more than one tray contains the correct paper for the job.
The following options are available:
• Automatically Select: This option prints from any tray that is loaded with the size and type of paper that is required for the print job.
• Tray X : This option prints from the selected tray.
• Bypass Tray : This option prints from the manual-feed tray. The printer prompts you to remove any other paper from the tray and load the paper that is required for your job.
Note: Load the Bypass Tray with the correct size and type of paper for the print job.
SSccaalliinngg
Scaling reduces or enlarges the original document to match the selected output paper size.
• For Windows, the scale options are on the Printing Options tab, in the Paper field.
• For Macintosh, the scale options are in the Print window. To view more printing options, click Show
Details .
Note: Not all options described are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
The following scaling options are available:
• Fit to New Paper Size: This option scales the document to fit the new paper size.
• Change Document Size: Use this setting to match the paper size selected in your application.
This option does not change the size of the page image printed on the output paper.
• Automatically Scale: This option scales the document to fit the selected Output Paper Size. The scaling amount appears in the percentage box below the sample image.
• No Scaling: This option does not change the size of the page image printed on the output paper, and
100% appears in the percentage box. If the original document size is larger than the output
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
159
size, the page image is cropped. If the original document size is smaller than the output size, extra space appears around the page image.
• Manually Scale: This option scales the document by the amount entered in the percentage box below the preview image.
If your printer supports Automatic 2-Sided Printing, the options are specified in the print driver. The print driver uses the settings for portrait or landscape orientation from the application for printing the document.
Note: Ensure that the paper size and weight are supported. For more information, refer to
.
You can specify the page layout for 2-sided printing, which determines how the printed pages turn.
These settings override the application page orientation settings.
• 1-Sided Print : This option prints on one side of the media. Use this option when printing on envelopes, labels, or other media that cannot be printed on both sides.
• 2-Sided Print : This option prints the job on both sides of the paper to allow binding on the long edge of the paper. The following illustrations show the result for documents with portrait and landscape orientations, respectively:
• 2-Sided Print, Flip on Short Edge : This option prints on both sides of the paper. The images print to allow binding on the short edge of the paper. The following illustrations show the result for documents with portrait and landscape orientations, respectively:
Note: 2–Sided Printing is part of the Earth Smart settings.
To change your default print driver settings, refer to
You can select printing in color or black and white.
• Off (use Document Color) : Use this option to print in color.
• On : Use this option to print in black and white.
160 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
The Windows PostScript driver and the Macintosh drivers provide the highest print-quality modes:
• High Resolution : 1200 x 1200 dpi (1-bit depth). This mode provides the best overall image quality for detailed line drawings such as CAD files. It is recommended for printing vibrant, saturated, color prints or photos. Print jobs can take longer to process when printed using High Resolution mode.
• Enhanced : 600 x 600 dpi (8-bit depth). This mode is used for better print quality, and is the best mode to use for business presentations. Enhanced mode takes longer to process than Standard or
Toner Saver.
• Standard : 600 x 600 dpi (1-bit depth). This mode is used for general-purpose printing, and is optimized for good print quality. Standard quality is suitable for most print jobs.
• Toner Saver : 600 x 600 dpi (1-bit depth). This mode is used for document preview, and is optimized for quickest print processing. Toner Saver is useful for draft-quality output.
Image options control the way the printer uses color to produce your document. The Windows
PostScript print driver and the Macintosh print drivers provide the widest range of color controls and corrections on the Image Options tab.
• To locate color options in Windows, in the print driver, click the Image Options tab.
• To locate color options on Macintosh, in the Print window, in the print options list, click Xerox
Features . Within Xerox Features, in the options list, click Color Options .
Color Correction matches printer colors on PostScript jobs to colors on other devices, such as your computer screen or a printing press.
Color Correction options:
• Xerox Black and White: This option converts all color in the document to black and white, or shades of gray.
• Xerox Automatic Color: This option applies the best color correction to text, graphics, and images.
Xerox recommends this setting.
There are more Color Correction options, including Vivid RGB and Commercial.
Color By Words allows you to adjust colors by building sentences using common phrases describing how to change colors.
For more information, refer to the help for your print driver.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
161
Use Color Adjustments to adjust particular characteristics of the printed color. Characteristics include lightness, contrast, saturation, and color cast.
Note: Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific printer model, configuration, operating system, or driver type.
The following options are available:
• Lightness : The Lightness feature allows you to adjust the overall lightness or darkness of the text and images in your printed job.
• Contrast : You can use the Contrast feature to adjust the variation between light and dark areas of the print job.
• Saturation : The Saturation feature allows you to adjust the color strength and the amount of gray in the color.
• Color Cast : Use the Color Cast settings to adjust the amount of a selected color in the print job and preserve lightness. The following settings are available:
– The Cyan to Red slider allows you to adjust the color balance between cyan and red. For example, when you increase the cyan levels, the red levels decrease.
– The Magenta to Green slider allows you to adjust the color balance between magenta and green. For example, when you increase the magenta levels, the green levels decrease.
– The Yellow to Blue slider allows you to adjust the color balance between yellow and blue. For example, when you increase the yellow levels, the blue levels decrease.
When printing a multiple-page document, you can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper.
To print 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16 pages per side, on the Page Layout tab, select Pages Per Sheet .
• To locate Pages Per Sheet in Windows, on the Document Options tab, click Page Layout .
• To locate Pages Per Sheet on Macintosh, in the Print window, in the print options list, click Layout .
To print a border around each page, select Page Borders .
With 2-sided printing, you can print a document in the form of a small booklet. You can create booklets from any paper size that is supported for 2-sided printing.
162 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
The print driver automatically reduces each page image and prints four page images per sheet of paper, two page images on each side. The pages are printed in the correct order so that you can fold and staple the pages to create the booklet.
• To locate booklet creation in Windows, on the Document Options tab, click Page Layout .
• To locate booklet creation on Macintosh, in the Print window, in the print options list, click Xerox
Features . Within Xerox Features, in the options list, click Booklet Layout .
When you print booklets using the Windows PostScript or Macintosh driver, you can specify the gutter and creep.
• Gutter : Specifies the horizontal distance in points between the page images. A point is 0.35 mm
(1/72 in.).
• Creep : Specifies how much the page images shift outward in tenths of a point. Shifting compensates for the thickness of the folded paper, which can cause the page images to shift outward slightly when folded. You can select a value from zero to 1 point.
Gutter Creep
Note: To print a border around each page, select Page Borders .
The Special Pages options control how covers, inserts, and exception pages are added to your printed document.
• To locate Special Pages in Windows, on the Document Options tab, click Special Pages .
• To locate Special Pages on Macintosh, in the Print window, in the print options list, click Xerox
Features . Within Xerox Features, in the options list, click Special Pages .
A cover page is the first or last page of a document. You can select paper sources for the cover pages that are different from the source used for the body of a document. For example, you can use your company letterhead for the first page of a document. You can use heavyweight paper for the first and last pages of a report. You can use any applicable paper tray as the source for printing cover pages.
In the Covers window, the following options are available:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
163
• No Covers or Disabled : This option does not print cover pages. No cover pages are added to the document.
• Front Only : This option allows you to add a blank or printed front cover to your job.
• Back Only : This option allows you to add a blank or printed back cover to your job.
• Front and Back: Same : This option adds a front and back cover to your job, and applies the same printing and paper settings for both covers.
• Front and Back: Different : This option adds a front and back cover to your job, and allows you to select different printing and paper settings for each cover.
After you make a selection for printing the cover pages, you can select the paper for the front and back covers by size, color, or type. You can use blank or pre-printed paper, and you can print side one, side two, or both sides of the cover pages.
PPrriinnttiinngg IInnsseerrtt PPaaggeess
You can add blank or pre-printed insert pages before page one of each document or after designated pages within a document. The addition of an insert after designated pages within a document separates sections, or acts as a marker or placeholder. Ensure that you specify the paper to use for the insert pages.
In the Inserts window, you can set the location, characteristics, and paper settings for the insert pages:
• Inserts : This option allows you to select where to place the insert.
• Quantity : Use this option to specify the number of pages to insert at each location.
• Pages : Use this option to specify where to place the inserts within the job. Separate individual pages or page ranges with commas. Specify pages within a range with a hyphen. For example, to specify pages 1, 6, 9, 10, and 11, type 1,6,9-11 .
• Paper Settings : This option allows you to select the paper size, color, and type to use for the insert pages. To use the same paper size, color, or type as the main body of the job, select Use Job
Setting .
PPrriinnttiinngg EExxcceeppttiioonn PPaaggeess
Exception pages have different settings from the rest of the pages in the job. You can specify differences, such as page size, page type, and page color. You can change the side of the paper on which to print as your job requires. A print job can contain multiple exceptions.
For example, your print job contains 30 pages. You want five pages to print on only one side of a special paper, and the remainder of the pages printed 2-sided on regular paper. You can use exception pages to print the job.
In the Exceptions window, you can set the location, characteristics, and paper settings for the exception pages:
164 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
• Pages : Specifies the page or range of pages that use the exception page characteristics. Separate individual pages or page ranges with commas. Specify pages within a range with a hyphen. For example, to specify pages 1, 6, 9, 10, and 11, type
1,6,9-11
.
• Paper Settings : Allows you to select the paper size, color, and type to use for the exception pages.
To print exception pages on the same paper size, color, or type as the main body of the job, select
Use Job Setting .
• 2-Sided Printing : Allows you to select 2-sided printing options for the exception pages. Available options are:
– 1-Sided Print : Prints the exception pages on one side only.
– 2-Sided Print : Prints the exception pages on both sides of the paper and flips the pages on the long edge. You can bind the job on the long edge of the pages.
– 2-Sided Print, Flip on Short Edge : Prints the exception pages on both sides of the paper and flips the pages on the short edge. You can bind the job on the short edge of the pages.
– Use Job Setting : Prints the job using the same 2–Sided Printing setting that is selected for the main body of the job.
Note: Some combinations of 2-sided printing with certain paper types and sizes can produce unexpected results.
An annotation is special-purpose text or an image that you can print across one or more pages. You can preview annotations in the Annotations Preview pane.
The annotations setup for your print job appears in the Annotations summary list. From this list, you can select an annotation to edit or delete.
Note:
• This feature is available only on a Windows computer printing to a network printer.
• Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
To print an annotation:
1. In the print driver, click the Document Options tab.
2. Click the Annotations tab.
3. To add a text annotation, click Add Comment . Enter the text in the field, select the required settings, then click OK .
4. For a date or time stamp, click Add Time Stamp . Specify the date and time option, select the required settings, then click OK .
5. To add a picture annotation, click Add Picture . To locate the picture, click the Browse icon. Select the required settings, then click OK .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
165
6. For each annotation, the following options are available:
• To specify the font, click the Font button.
• For a picture annotation, select the scaling option that specifies the size of the picture in relation to the original image. Use the arrows to scale the image in increments of 1%.
• To define the angle of the annotation on the page, specify the position option. Or, to rotate the annotation left or right by increments of 1, use the arrows.
• To define the location of the annotation on the page, specify the position option. Or, to move the annotation in each direction in increments of 1, use the arrows.
• To adjust the transparency of the annotation, move the slider. To increase transparency, move the slider to the right, or to decrease transparency, move the slider to the left.
• For Layering, select an option:
– Print in Background : This option prints the annotation behind the text and graphics in the document.
– Print in Foreground : This option prints the annotation over the text and graphics in the document.
• For Pages, select the pages to print the annotation:
– Print on All Pages : This option prints the annotation on all pages of your document.
– Print on Page 1 Only : This option prints the annotation only on the first page of the document.
7. To save the annotation, click the Save Annotation icon.
8. To load a previously saved annotation, click the Load Annotation icon.
9. Click OK .
A watermark is special purpose text that can be printed across one or more pages. For example, you can add a word like Copy, Draft, or Confidential as a watermark instead of stamping it on a document before distribution.
Note:
• This feature is available only on a Windows computer printing to a network printer.
• Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
• Watermarks are not supported for some print drivers when booklet is selected or when more than one page is printed on a sheet of paper.
To print a watermark:
1. In the print driver, click the Document Options tab.
2. Click the Watermark tab.
3. From the Watermark menu, select the watermark. You can choose from preset watermarks, or create a customized watermark. You can also manage watermarks from this menu.
166 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. Under Text, select an option:
• Text : Enter the text in the field, then specify the font.
• Time Stamp : Specify the date and time options, then specify the font.
• Picture : To locate the picture, click the Browse icon.
5. Specify the scaling angle and position of the watermark.
• Select the scaling option that specifies the size of the picture in relation to the original image.
Use the arrows to scale the image in increments of 1%.
• To define the angle of the image on the page, specify the position option, or to rotate the image left or right by increments of 1, use the arrows.
• To define the location of the image on the page, specify the position option, or to move the image in each direction in increments of 1, use the arrows.
6. Under Layering , select how to print the watermark.
• Print in Background prints the watermark behind the text and graphics in the document.
• Blend : This option combines the watermark with the text and graphics in the document. A blended watermark is translucent, so you can see both the watermark and the document content.
• Print in Foreground prints the watermark over the text and graphics in the document.
7. Click Pages , then select the pages to print the watermark:
• Print on All Pages prints the watermark on all pages of your document.
• Print on Page 1 Only prints the watermark only on the first page of the document.
8. If you select a picture as a watermark, specify the lightness settings for the image.
9. Click OK .
Orientation allows you to select the direction that the page prints.
• To locate orientation options in Windows, on the Document Options tab, click Orientation .
Note: The orientation setting in your application print dialog box can override the orientation options in the print driver.
• To locate orientation options on Macintosh, in the Print window, click Show Details .
The following options are available:
• Portrait : Orients the paper so that the text and images print across the short dimension of the paper.
• Landscape : Orients the paper so that the text and images print across the long dimension of the paper.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
167
• Rotated Landscape : Orients the paper so that the content is rotated 180 degrees and with the long bottom side up.
Note: For Macintosh, to print portrait text and images in landscape orientation, clear the Auto
Rotate check box.
You can use the Advanced option or tab to set advanced printing options. Advanced printing selections apply to all jobs that you print with the print driver.
Note: Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
JJoobb IIddeennttiiffiiccaattiioonn
You can use the Job ID feature to change the job identification setting for your print job. You can print the job identification on a separate banner page or on the pages of your document.
The following options are available:
• Disable Job ID : This option directs the printer not to print a banner page.
• Print ID on a Banner Page : This option prints the job identification on a banner page.
• Print ID in Margins - First Page Only : This option prints the job identification on the first page of the document in the top-left margin.
• Print ID in Margins - All Pages : This option prints the job identification in the top-left margin on every page of the document.
If the PostScript driver is installed, you can print pages as a mirror image. Images mirror left to right when printed.
168 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
You can select to be notified when your job finishes printing. A message appears on your computer screen with the name of the job and the name of the printer where it was printed.
Note: This feature is only available on a Windows computer that is printing to a network printer.
The following options are available:
• Notify for Completed Jobs : This option provides a notification when the job has completed.
• Notify for Completed, but Altered Jobs : This option provides a notification on all jobs that completed with restrictions.
• Notify for Failed or Canceled Jobs : This option provides notification of all jobs that failed to print or were canceled.
• Play Alert Tone : This option sounds an alert tone when a notification appears.
You can select encryption for your print job. The print file is encrypted before it is transmitted to the printer. The print file is decrypted before it is printed.
This feature is available only when Document Encryption is set to Manually Encrypt Documents in the printer properties of the printer. For details, refer to
Setting Encryption Defaults in Windows .
Note: This feature is available on a Windows computer that is printing to a network printer. It applies to the PostScript and PCL print drivers.
Setting Encryption Defaults in Windows
1. Navigate to the list of printers on your computer:
• For Windows Server 2008 and later, click Start > Settings > Printers .
• For Windows 7, click Start > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows 8, click Start > Control Panel > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows 10, click the Windows Start > Settings > Devices > Printers & Scanners .
Note: If the Control Panel icon does not appear on the desktop, right-click the desktop, then select Personalize . Select Control Panel Home > Devices and Printers .
2. For your printer, select Printing properties :
• For Windows Server 2008 or later, Windows 7, or Windows 8, right-click the icon for your printer, then click Printer properties .
• For Windows 10, click the icon for your printer, then click Manage > Printer properties .
3. In the Printer Properties dialog box, click the Administration tab.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
169
4. For Configurations, click Document Encryption , then select an option:
• Disabled : This option disables encryption for all documents that you send to the printer.
• Encrypt All Documents : This option encrypts all documents that you send to the printer.
• Manually Encrypt Documents : This option allows you to set encryption for specific jobs that you send to the printer.
Note: Manually Encrypt Documents is the default printer setting.
5. Click Apply .
6. To save the settings, click OK .
170 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Using Custom Paper Sizes
You can print on custom paper sizes that are within the minimum and maximum size range supported by the printer. For details, refer to
To print on custom paper sizes, define the custom width and length of the paper in the print driver software and on the printer control panel. When setting the paper size, ensure that you specify the same size as the paper in the tray. Setting the wrong size can cause a printer error. Print driver settings override control panel settings when you print using the print driver software on your computer.
Custom-size paper settings are saved in the print driver and are available for you to select in all your applications.
For details on supported paper sizes for each tray, refer to
.
For further details about creating and saving custom paper sizes in the print driver, click the Help (?) button in the bottom-left corner of the printer settings window.
Creating and Saving Custom Sizes for the Windows V3 Print Driver
1. In the print driver, click the Printing Options tab.
2. For Paper, click the arrow, then select Other Size > Advanced Paper Size > Output Paper Size >
New .
3. In the New Custom Paper Size window, enter the height and width of the new size.
4. To specify the units of measurement, at the bottom of the window, click Measurements , then select Inches or Millimeters .
5. To save, in the Name field, type a title for the new size, then click OK .
Creating and Saving Custom Sizes for the Windows V4 Print Driver
1. From Windows Control Panel, select Devices and Printers .
2. Select the printer, then click Print server properties .
3. On the Forms tab, for Create a new form, click the check box.
4. For Form name, type a name for the new paper size.
5. In the Form description (measurements) area, enter the settings:
• For Units, select Metric or English .
• For Paper size, enter measurements for Width and Height.
• For Printer area margins, enter measurements for Left, Right, Top, and Bottom.
Note: Ensure that the measurements that you specify are within the supported ranges for the device.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
171
6. Click OK .
The new paper size is added to the paper size list.
Creating and Saving Custom Sizes for Macintosh
1. In the application, click File > Print .
2. Click Paper Size , then select Manage Custom Sizes .
3. To add a new size, in the Manage Paper Sizes window, click the plus sign ( + ).
4. Double-click Untitled , then type a name for the new custom size.
5. Enter the height and width of the new custom size.
6. Click the arrow for the Non-Printable Area field, then select the printer from the list. Or, for User
Defined margins, set the top, bottom, right, and left margins.
7. To save the settings, click OK .
You can print custom-size paper from Tray 5. If Trays 1 and 2 are set to Fully Adjustable mode, you can print custom-size paper from Trays 1 and 2. Custom-size paper settings are saved in the print driver and are available for you to select in all your applications.
Note: To configure the tray settings for Fully Adjustable or Dedicated mode, refer to
.
1. Open the paper tray, then load the custom-size paper.
2. Close the tray.
3. At the control panel, to define the new paper size, touch Size , then touch Custom .
4. In the Custom Paper Size window, enter the height and width of the new paper size, then touch
OK .
5. To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
Note: Before you print on custom-size paper, define the custom width and length of the paper in the print driver software and on the printer control panel. For more information, refer to
Note: Before you print on custom-size paper, define the custom size in the Printer Properties.
For details, refer to
Creating and Saving Custom Sizes for the Windows V3 Print Driver .
1. Load the custom-size paper in the tray.
2. In the application, click File > Print , then select your printer.
3. In the Print dialog box, click Printer Properties .
4. On the Printing Options tab, from the Paper list, select the required custom paper size and type.
172 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5. Select any other required options, then click OK .
6. In the Print dialog box, click Print .
Note: Before you print on custom-size paper, define and save the custom paper size as a Form.
For details, refer to
Creating and Saving Custom Sizes for the Windows V4 Print Driver .
1. Load the custom-size paper in the tray.
2. In the application, click File > Print , then select your printer.
3. In the Print dialog box, click Printer Properties .
4. On the Printing Options tab, from the Paper list, select Other Size .
5. To select a custom paper size, select Fit to New Paper Size , then select the custom paper size.
6. Select any other required options, then click OK .
7. In the Print dialog box, click Print .
1. Load the custom-size paper. For details, refer to
2. In the application, click File > Print .
3. From the Paper Size list, select the custom paper size.
4. Click Print .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
173
Print From
You can print single or multiple files stored on a USB Flash drive. The USB port is on the front of the printer.
Note: Only USB Flash drives formatted to the typical FAT32 file system are supported.
To print from a USB Flash drive:
1. Insert the USB Flash drive into the USB port on the printer.
2. At the USB Drive Detected screen, touch Print from USB .
Note: If the Print from USB feature does not appear, enable the feature, or contact your system administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.
xerox.com
.
3. To select a file for printing, browse to the file, then touch the check box. If multiple files require printing, browse to each file, then select the check box for each file.
4. Touch OK .
A list of files selected for printing appears.
5. To remove files from the printing list:
• To remove a single file, touch the file, then select Remove . To confirm removal, touch Remove .
• To remove all the files, touch a file, then select Remove All . To confirm removal, touch
Remove All .
6. Adjust the feature settings as needed.
7. Touch Print .
8. When you are finished, remove the USB Flash drive.
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
To print from saved jobs:
1. At the control panel, press the Home button, then touch Print From .
2. Touch Saved Jobs , then touch the name of the folder that contains the saved job.
3. Touch the name of the saved job that you want to print.
4. Select the options for paper supply, quantity, 2-sided printing, and finishing.
5. Touch Print .
Note: To print a private saved job, at the Passcode Required screen, enter the passcode, then touch OK .
6. To print another saved job, touch the current job name, then touch Remove . Touch Add
Document , touch Saved Jobs , then navigate to the job required.
174 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
The print from mailbox feature allows you to print a file that is stored in a folder on the printer hard drive.
To print from a mailbox:
1. At the control panel, press the Home button, then touch Print From .
2. Select Mailboxes , then touch the name of the folder that contains the document.
Note: If Mailboxes does not appear, enable the feature or contact the system administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.
com .
3. Touch the name of the document that you want to print.
4. Select the options for paper supply, quantity, 2-sided printing, and finishing.
5. Touch Print .
6. To select another job in the mailbox, touch the current job name, then touch Remove . Touch Add
Document , touch Mailboxes , then navigate to the job required.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
You can print .pdf
, .ps
, .pcl
, and .xps
files directly from the Embedded Web Server without need of another application or the print driver. The files can be stored on a local computer hard drive, mass storage device, or network drive.
To print from the Embedded Web Server:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser, in the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return .
Note: If you do not know the IP address of your printer, refer to
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click the Print tab.
3. To select the file from a local network or remote location, for File Name, click Browse , select the file, then click Open .
4. For Printing, select the desired options for the job.
• Normal Print prints a job immediately.
• Secure Print prints a job after you enter your passcode at the printer control panel.
• Sample Set , or Proof Print, prints one copy of a multiple-copy print job and holds the remaining copies at the printer.
• Save Job for Reprint saves a print job in a folder on the print server for future printing. You can specify a job name and folder.
• Delay Print prints a job at a specified time up to 24 hours from the original job submission.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
175
5. If Accounting is enabled, enter your User ID and account information.
6. Click Submit Job .
Note: To ensure that the job was sent to the queue, wait for the job submission confirmation message to appear before you close this page.
176 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6
Paper and Media
This chapter contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
177
Paper and Media Overview
The printer has five paper trays:
• Tray 1 is an adjustable paper tray for loading a range of paper sizes.
• For the 3-Tray configuration, Trays 2, 3, and 4 are adjustable trays similar to Tray 1.
• For the Tandem Tray configuration, Tray 2 is an adjustable paper tray, and Trays 3 and 4 are highcapacity trays that can hold A4, Letter, JIS B5, and Executive size paper.
• Tray 5 is designed for loading small amounts of special paper.
The optional Envelope Tray can replace Tray 1. Tray 6 is an optional high-capacity paper tray holding
A4, Letter, JIS B5, or Executive size paper.
The printer can use various media types, such as plain, recycled, or colored paper, letterhead, preprinted, cardstock, labels, transparencies, and envelopes. Ensure that you use the correct media for the tray that you are loading. You can load all types of media in Tray 5.
Labels inside each tray show the correct orientation for loading certain types of media. The MAX label shows the maximum fill line for the tray.
178 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Supported Paper
Your printer is designed to use various paper and other media types. To ensure the best print quality and to avoid jams, follow the guidelines in this section.
For best results, use Xerox paper and media recommended for your printer.
A list of paper and media recommended for your printer is available at:
• https://www.xerox.com/downloads/usa/en/supplies/rml/AltaLink_C8030_C8035_C8045_C8055_
RML.pdf
Recommended Media List (United States)
• https://www.xerox.com/downloads/europe/r/2017_05_AltaLinkC8030-C8055_Media_List_Antalis_
Xerox_May_2017.pdf
Recommended Media List (Europe)
To order paper, transparencies, or other media, contact your local reseller or go to www.xerox.com/ supplies .
• Do not overfill the paper trays. Do not load paper above the maximum fill line in the tray.
• Adjust the paper guides to fit the paper size.
• Fan paper before loading it in the paper tray.
• If excessive jams occur, use paper or other approved media from a new package.
• Use only recommended Xerox ® transparencies. Print quality could vary with other transparencies.
• Do not print on label media once a label has been removed from a sheet.
• Use only paper envelopes. Print envelopes 1-sided only.
Some paper and other media types can cause poor output quality, increased paper jams, or damage your printer. Do not use the following:
• Rough or porous paper
• Inkjet paper
• Non-laser glossy or coated paper
• Paper that has been photocopied
• Paper that has been folded or wrinkled
• Paper with cutouts or perforations
• Stapled paper
• Envelopes with windows, metal clasps, side seams, or adhesives with release strips
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
179
• Padded envelopes
• Plastic media
• Iron on transfer paper
Caution: The Xerox ® Warranty and Service Agreement do not cover damage caused by the use of unsupported paper or special media.
Storing your paper and other media properly contributes to optimum print quality.
• Store paper in dark, cool, relatively dry locations. Most paper is susceptible to damage from ultraviolet and visible light. Ultraviolet light, from the sun and fluorescent bulbs, is particularly damaging to paper.
• Reduce the exposure of paper to strong lights for long periods of time.
• Maintain constant temperatures and relative humidity.
• Avoid storing paper in attics, kitchens, garages, or basements. These spaces are more likely to collect moisture.
• Store paper flat, either on pallets, cartons, shelves, or in cabinets.
• Avoid food or drinks in the area where paper is stored or handled.
• Do not open sealed packages of paper until you are ready to load them into the printer. Leave stored paper in the original packaging. The paper wrapper protects the paper from moisture loss or gain.
• Some special media is packaged inside resealable plastic bags. Store the media inside the bag until you are ready to use it. Keep unused media in the bag and reseal it for protection.
Trays
Trays 1 and 2
Trays 3 and 4 of the 3-Tray
Module
Paper Types
Bond
Custom
Hole-punched
Letterhead
Plain
Pre-printed
Recycled
Transparency
180
Labels
Lightweight Cardstock
Lightweight Glossy Cardstock
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Weights
60–105 g/m²
106–169 g/m²
Trays Paper Types Weights
170–256 g/m² Cardstock
Cardstock Reloaded
Glossy Cardstock
Glossy Cardstock Reloaded
Trays 3 and 4 of the Tandem Tray
Module
Tray 6
Bond
Custom
Hole-punched
Letterhead
Plain
Pre-printed
Recycled
Transparency
Tray 5
Labels
Lightweight Cardstock
Lightweight Glossy Cardstock
Cardstock
Cardstock Reloaded
Glossy Cardstock
Glossy Cardstock Reloaded
Bond
Custom
Hole-punched
Letterhead
Plain
Pre-printed
Recycled
Transparency
Envelopes
60–105 g/m²
106–169 g/m²
170–256 g/m²
55–105 g/m²
75-90 g/m²
Labels
Lightweight Cardstock
106–169 g/m²
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
181
Trays Paper Types Weights
Lightweight Glossy Cardstock
Cardstock
Cardstock Reloaded
Glossy Cardstock
Glossy Cardstock Reloaded
170–256 g/m²
Heavyweight Cardstock
Heavyweight Cardstock Reloaded
Heavyweight Glossy Cardstock
Heavyweight Glossy Cardstock
Reloaded
Envelopes
257–280 g/m²
75–90 g/m² Envelope Tray
Note:
• Reloaded paper is paper that was previously printed or copied on the printer. Use reloaded media for manual 2-sided printing of media types that cannot be used for automatic
2-sided printing.
• Pre-cut tabs are not supported.
SSuuppppoorrtteedd SSttaannddaarrdd PPaappeerr SSiizzeess
Tray Number
Trays 1 and 2
Trays 3 and 4 of the 3-Tray
Module
European Standard Sizes
North American Standard
Sizes
A5 (148 x 210 mm, 5.8 x 8.3 in.)
A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
A3 (297 x 420 mm, 11.7 x 16.5 in.)
B5 (176x250 mm, 6.9 x 9.8 in.)
B4 (250 x 353mm, 9.8 x 13.9 in.)
JIS B5 (182 x 257 mm, 7.2 x 10.1
in.)
JIS B4 (257 x 364 mm, 10.1 x 14.3
in.)
Statement (140x216 mm, 5.5 x
8.5 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x
10.5 in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
US Folio (216 x 330 mm, 8.5 x 13 in.)
Legal (216 x 356 mm, 8.5 x 14 in.)
Tabloid (279 x 432 mm, 11 x 17 in.)
Tray 2
Trays 3 and 4 of the 3-Tray
Module
182 Xerox ®
SRA3 (320 x 450 mm, 12.6 x
17.7in.)
EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
12 x 18 (305 x 457 mm, 12 x 18 in.)
Tray Number
Trays 3 and 4 of the Tandem Tray
Module
European Standard Sizes
North American Standard
Sizes
A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
JIS B5 (182 x 257 mm, 7.2 x 10.1
in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x
10.5 in.)
Tray 5
Tray 6
A6 (105 x 148 mm, 4.1 x 5.8 in.)
A5 (148 x 210 mm, 5.8 x 8.3 in.)
A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
A4 Oversized (223 x 297 mm,
8.8x11.7 in.)
215 x 315 (215 x 315 mm,
8.5x12.4 in.)
A3 (297 x 420 mm, 11.7 x 16.5 in.)
B6 (125x176 mm, 4.9 x 6.9 in.)
B5 (176x250 mm, 6.9 x 9.8 in.)
B4 (250 x 353 mm, 9.8 x 13.9 in.)
JIS B5 (182 x 257 mm, 7.2 x 10.1
in.)
JIS B4 (257 x 364 mm, 10.1 x 14.3
in.)
SRA3 (320 x 450 mm, 12.6 x 17.7
in.)
DL envelope (110x220 mm,
4.33x8.66 in.)
C6 envelope (114 x 162 mm,
4.5x6.38 in.)
C5 envelope (162 x 229 mm,
6.4x9 in.)
C4 envelope (229 x 324 mm,
9x12.8 in.)
Postcard (89 x 140 mm, 3.5 x
5.5in.)
Postcard (102 x 152 mm, 4 x 6 in.)
5 x 7 (127 x 178 mm, 5 x 7 in.)
Statement (140x216 mm, 5.5 x
8.5 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x
10.5 in.)
8 x 10 (203 x 254 mm, 8 x 10 in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
9 x 11 (229 x 279 mm, 9 x 11 in.)
US Folio (216 x 330 mm, 8.5 x 13 in.)
8.5 x 13.4 (216 x 340 mm, 8.5 x
13.4 in.)
Legal (216 x 356 mm, 8.5 x 14 in.)
Tabloid (279 x 432 mm, 11 x 17 in.)
12 x 18 (305 x 457 mm, 12 x 18 in.)
12 x 19 (305 x 483 mm, 12 x 19 in.)
Envelope (152 x 228 mm, 6 x 9 in.)
Envelope (228 x 305 mm, 9 x 12 in.)
Monarch envelope (98 x 190 mm,
3.9x7.5 in.)
No. 9 envelope (98 x 225 mm, 3.9
x 8.9 in.)
No. 10 envelope (105 x 241 mm,
4.1x9.5 in.)
A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
JIS B5 (182 x 257 mm, 7.2 x 10.1
in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x
10.5 in.)
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
183
SSuuppppoorrtteedd PPaappeerr SSiizzeess aanndd W
SSiiddeedd PPrriinnttiinngg
European Standard Sizes North American Standard Sizes
A5 (148 x 210 mm, 5.8 x 8.3 in.)
A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
A3 (297 x 420 mm, 11.7 x 16.5 in.)
JIS B5 (182 x 257 mm, 7.2 x 10.1 in.)
JIS B4 (257 x 364 mm, 10.1 x 14.3 in.)
Statement (140x216 mm, 5.5 x 8.5 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x 10.5 in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
US Folio (216 x 330 mm, 8.5 x 13 in.)
Legal (216 x 356 mm, 8.5 x 14 in.)
Tabloid (279 x 432 mm, 11 x 17 in.)
In addition to the standard sizes, you can use custom-size paper within the following ranges for
2-sided printing:
• Minimum size 128 x 140 mm (5 x 5.5 in.)
• Maximum size 320 x 483 mm (12.6 x 19 in.)
Paper weights from 60 g/m² through 220 g/m² are supported for automatic 2-sided printing.
Note: Do not use transparencies, envelopes, labels, or reloaded paper for automatic 2-sided printing.
SSuuppppoorrtteedd PPaappeerr SSiizzeess ffoorr tthhee EEnnvveellooppee TTrraayy
European Standard Sizes
DL (110 x 220 mm, 4.33 x 8.66 in.)
C6 (114 x 162 mm, 4.5 x 6.38 in.)
C5 (162 x 229 mm, 6.4 x 9 in.)
North American Standard Sizes
Envelope (152 x 228 mm, 6 x 9 in.)
Monarch (98 x 190 mm, 3.9 x 7.5 in.)
No. 9 (98 x 225 mm, 3.9 x 8.9 in.)
No. 10 (105 x 241 mm, 4.1 x 9.5 in.)
Tray Number
Tray 1
Tray 2
Trays 3 and 4 of the 3-Tray Module
Paper Sizes
Minimum: 140 x 182 mm (5.5 x 7.5 in.)
Maximum: 297 x 432 mm (11.7 x 17 in.)
Minimum: 140 x 182 mm (5.5 x 7.5 in.)
Maximum: 320 x 457 mm (12.5 x 18 in.)
184 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Tray Number
Trays 3 and 4 of the TandemTray Module
Tray 5
Tray 6
Envelope Tray
Paper Sizes
Standard sizes only:
A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
JIS B5 (182 x 257 mm, 7.2 x 10.1 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x 10.5 in.)
Minimum: 89 x 98 mm (3.5 x 3.9 in.)
Maximum: 320 x 483 mm (12.6 x 19 in.)
Standard sizes only:
A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
JIS B5 (182 x 257 mm, 7.2 x 10.1 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x 10.5 in.)
Minimum: 98 x 148 mm (3.9 x 5.8 in.)
Maximum: 162 x 241 mm (6.4 x 9.5 in.)
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
185
Paper Tray Settings
The system administrator can set trays to Fully Adjustable or Dedicated mode. When a paper tray is set to Fully Adjustable mode, you can change paper settings each time that you load the tray. When a paper tray is set to Dedicated mode, the control panel prompts you to load a specific paper size, type and color.
To configure the tray settings:
1. At the printer control panel, touch Device .
2. Touch Tools , then touch Device SettingsPaper Management .
3. Touch Tray Settings , then select a tray.
• To set the mode, touch Fully Adjustable or Dedicated .
• To specify the paper settings for a dedicated tray, touch Edit , then set the paper size, type, and color. Touch OK .
• To configure the printer to select the tray automatically, for Auto Selection, touch Enabled .
• To set the priority for each tray, touch the number field. To enter a number, use the alphanumeric keypad, or touch the plus icon ( + ) or the minus icon ( ). The printer uses paper from the Priority 1 tray first. If that tray is empty, the printer uses paper from the Priority 2 tray.
4. Touch OK .
5. To close Tray Settings, touch X .
6. To close Tools, touch X .
Note: To access the Paper Management menu, log in as the system administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
When a paper tray is set to Fully Adjustable mode, you can change paper settings each time that you load the tray. When you close the tray, the control panel prompts you to set the paper size, type, and color of paper loaded.
When a paper tray is set to Dedicated mode, the control panel prompts you to load a specific paper size, type, and color. If you move the guides to load a different paper size, the control panel displays an error message.
To configure the tray settings for Fully Adjustable or Dedicated mode, refer to
.
To set the paper size, type, or color when a tray is set to Fully Adjustable:
1. Open the paper tray, then load the required paper.
2. Close the tray.
186 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3. At the control panel, select the correct paper size, type, and color:
• To select a new paper size, touch Size .
• To select a new paper type, touch Type .
• To select a new paper color, touch Color .
4. To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
To set the paper size, type, or color when a tray is set to Dedicated, refer to
.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
187
Loading Paper
LLooaaddiinngg PPaappeerr iinn TTrraayyss 11 – 44
The system administrator can set Trays 1–4 to Fully Adjustable or Dedicated mode. Each time a tray is opened and closed, the paper settings appear on the control panel:
• The Fully Adjustable mode allows you to confirm or change the media settings. The tray guides detect automatically the size of paper loaded.
• The Dedicated mode displays the media settings for the tray. A warning message appears on the control panel when the wrong media is loaded, and the tray guides are set incorrectly.
Note: Only the system administrator can change the media settings for a Dedicated tray.
A warning message appears on the control panel when the paper in the tray is in short supply, and when a tray is empty.
To load Trays 3 and 4 of the Tandem Tray Module, refer to
Loading Paper in Trays 3 and 4 of the
.
1. Pull out the tray until it stops.
2. Ensure that the paper-guide locks are set in the correct position for the standard or custom-size paper that you are loading. For details, refer to
Adjusting the Paper Guides in the 520-Sheet
3. Remove any paper that is a different size or type.
4. To move out the length and width guides: a.
Pinch the guide lever on each guide.
b.
Slide the guides outward until they stop.
188 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
c.
Release the levers.
5. Flex the sheets back and forth and fan them, then align the edges of the stack on a level surface.
This procedure separates any sheets that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of jams.
Note: To avoid jams and misfeeds, do not remove paper from its packaging until you are ready to use it.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
189
6. Load paper in the tray. Position the paper against the left side of the tray.
• For long-edge feed, insert letterhead and pre-printed paper face down with the top edge toward the front of the tray. Load hole-punched paper with the holes to the left.
• For short-edge feed, insert letterhead and pre-printed paper face down with the top edge to the left. Load hole-punched paper with the holes toward the rear of the printer.
Note: Do not load paper above the maximum fill line. Overfilling the tray can cause the printer to jam.
7. Adjust the length and width guides until they touch the edges of the paper.
190 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
8. Close the tray.
9. At the control panel, if a prompt appears, select the correct paper size, type, and color.
• To select a new paper size, touch Size .
• To select a new paper type, touch Type . For letterhead paper, select Letterhead . For preprinted paper, select Pre-Printed . For hole-punched paper, select Hole Punched .
• To select a new paper color, touch Color .
Note: If a prompt does not appear, and you have changed the paper size, type, or color, update the Required Paper Policies. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
10. To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
Note: To change the paper settings when the tray is set to Dedicated mode, refer to
.
Addjjuussttiinngg tthhee PPaappeerr G
Addjjuussttaabbllee TTrraayyss
You can adjust the paper guides in Trays 1–4 to accommodate standard or custom paper sizes. In the standard position, the guides move into the supported standard paper settings. In the custom position, the guides move in 1-mm (0.04 in.) increments.
To move the paper guides from the standard to the custom paper-size position:
1. Pull out the tray until it stops.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
191
2. Remove any paper from the tray, pinch the guide levers, and move the guides outward until they stop.
3. To move out the paper-length guide, pinch the guide lever and slide the guide outward.
4. To move out the paper-width guide, pinch the guide lever and slide the guide outward.
5. Load the custom-size paper in the tray.
192 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. To engage the fine-adjustment block, pinch the levers and slide the guides inward. The tray guides move in increments of 1mm.
The Tandem Tray Module holds larger amounts of paper for fewer printing interruptions. It contains three trays. Tray 2 holds paper sizes up to SRA3/12 x 18 in. Trays 3 and 4 hold A4-size (210 x 297 mm), Letter-size (8.5 x 11 in.), JIS B5-size (182 x 257 mm), or Executive-size (7.25 x 10.5 in.) paper only.
The control panel displays a warning message when the paper in the tray is in short supply, or when a tray is empty.
To change the paper size, refer to
Configuring Trays 3 and 4 of the Tandem Tray Module .
To load Tray 2, refer to
.
1. Pull Tray 3 or Tray 4 out until it stops. Wait for the tray to lower and stop.
2. The control panel displays the paper tray settings. Ensure that you load the correct paper type.
Note: Do not load custom-size paper into Tray 3 or Tray 4 of the Tandem Tray Module.
3. Fan the edges of the paper before loading it into the paper trays. This procedure separates any sheets of paper that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of paper jams.
Note: To avoid paper jams and misfeeds, do not remove paper from its packaging until necessary.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
193
4. Stack the paper against the left rear corner of the tray as shown.
• Insert letterhead and pre-printed paper face down with the top edge toward the front of the tray.
• Load hole-punched paper with the holes to the left.
Note: Do not load paper above the maximum fill line. Overfilling the tray can cause the printer to jam.
5. Close the tray.
LLooaaddiinngg PPaappeerr iinn TTrraayy 55
Tray 5 supports the widest variety of media types. You can use the tray for small-quantity jobs that use special paper, such as labels, transparencies, and envelopes. The tray extension provides support for larger paper sizes.
Note:
• Use Tray 5 to load heavyweight paper types (257-280 g/m²).
• For faster print speeds, load paper 320 mm (12.6 in.) or shorter with the long edge going into the printer.
• Load paper longer than 320 mm (12.6 in.) with the short edge going into the printer.
• To load labels, refer to
• To load transparencies, refer to
Guidelines for Printing on Transparencies
.
194 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Open Tray 5, then for larger paper sizes, pull out the extension tray. If Tray 5 is already open, remove any paper that is a different size or type.
2. Move the width guides to the edges of the tray.
3. Flex the sheets back and forth and fan them, then align the edges of the stack on a level surface.
This procedure separates any sheets that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of jams.
Note: To avoid jams and misfeeds, do not remove paper from its packaging until you are ready to use it.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
195
4. Load the paper in the tray.
• For long-edge feed, insert letterhead and pre-printed paper face up with the top edge toward the front of the tray. Load hole-punched paper with the holes leading into the printer.
• For short-edge feed, insert letterhead and pre-printed paper face up with the top edge leading into the printer. Load hole-punched paper with the holes toward the rear of the printer.
Note: Do not load paper above the maximum fill line. Overfilling the tray can cause the printer to jam.
5. Adjust the width guides until they touch the edges of the paper.
196 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. At the control panel, select the correct paper size, type, and color:
• To select a new paper size, touch Size .
• To select a new paper type, touch Type . For letterhead paper, touch Letterhead . For preprinted paper, touch Pre-Printed . For hole-punched paper, touch Hole Punched .
• To select a new paper color, touch Color .
7. To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
LLooaaddiinngg PPaappeerr iinn TTrraayy 66
Tray 6 is an optional high-capacity, dedicated paper tray. It is on the left side of the printer. The tray feeds A4 (210 x 297 mm), Letter (8.5 x 11 in.), JIS B5 (182 x 257 mm), or Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in.) paper. The tray capacity is 2000 sheets.
The control panel displays a warning message when the paper in the tray is in short supply, or when the tray is empty.
To change the paper size, refer to
.
1. Pull out Tray 6 from the feeder until it stops.
2. Open the side gate until it stops.
3. The control panel displays the paper settings. Ensure that you load the correct paper type in the tray.
Note: Do not load custom-size paper into Tray 6.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
197
4. Fan the edges of the paper before loading it into the paper trays. This procedure separates any sheets of paper that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of paper jams.
Note: To avoid paper jams and misfeeds, do not remove paper from its packaging until necessary.
5. Load the paper against the right side of the tray.
• Insert letterhead and pre-printed paper face up with the top edge toward the front of the tray.
• Load hole-punched paper with the holes toward the right side of the tray.
Note: Do not load paper above the maximum fill line. Overfilling can cause paper jams.
6. Close the tray.
198 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing on Special Paper
To order paper, transparencies, or other media, contact your local reseller or go to www.xerox.com/ supplies .
For reference: https://www.xerox.com/downloads/usa/en/supplies/rml/AltaLink_C8030_C8035_C8045_C8055_RML.
pdf : Recommended Media List (United States) https://www.xerox.com/downloads/europe/r/2017_05_AltaLinkC8030-C8055_Media_List_Antalis_
Xerox_May_2017.pdf
: Recommended Media List (Europe)
EEnnvveellooppeess
You can print envelopes from Tray 5. When the optional Envelope Tray is installed, you can print envelopes from Tray 1.
• Use only paper envelopes.
• Do not use envelopes with windows or metal clasps.
• Print quality depends on the quality and construction of the envelopes. If you do not get the desired results, try another envelope brand.
• Maintain constant temperatures and relative humidity.
• Store unused envelopes in their packaging to avoid excess moisture and dryness which can affect print quality and cause wrinkling. Excessive moisture can cause the envelopes to seal before or during printing.
• Remove air bubbles from the envelopes before loading them into the tray by setting a heavy book on top of the envelopes.
• In the print driver software, select Envelope as the paper type.
• Do not use padded envelopes. Use envelopes that lie flat on a surface.
• Do not use envelopes with heat-activated glue.
• Do not use envelopes with press-and-seal flaps.
LLooaaddiinngg EEnnvveellooppeess iinn TTrraayy 55
1. Open Tray 5. Remove any paper or envelopes that are a different size or type.
2. Move the width guides to the edges of the tray.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
199
3. Load envelopes in the tray.
• For envelopes with the flap on a long edge, load envelopes with the flaps closed, flaps up, and flaps on the leading edge, toward the right.
• For envelopes with the flap on a short edge, load envelopes with the flaps closed, flaps up, and flaps on the leading edge, toward the right.
4. Center the stack of envelopes. Adjust the guides so that they touch the edges of the envelopes.
5. At the control panel, select the correct paper size, type, and color.
• To select an envelope size, touch Size . To specify a custom envelope size, touch Custom , then specify the dimensions of the envelope.
• For a custom envelope size, touch Type , then touch Envelope .
• To select a new envelope color, touch Color .
Note: When you select an envelope size from the list, the paper type is set to Envelope.
6. To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
LLooaaddiinngg tthhee EEnnvveellooppee TTrraayy
You can use the optional Envelope Tray in place of Tray 1. The Envelope Tray holds the following envelope sizes:
• Envelope 6 x 9, Monarch, No. 9, and No.10
• DL, C5, and C6
200 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Pull out the Envelope Tray until it stops.
2. Load envelopes in the tray.
• For envelopes with the flap on a long edge, load envelopes with the flaps closed, flap-side down, and the flaps on the left side of the tray.
• For envelopes with the flap on a short edge, load envelopes with the flaps closed, flap-side down, and the flaps on the left side of the tray.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
201
3. Adjust the paper guides so that they rest lightly against the edges of the envelopes.
4. Ensure that the envelope stack height is less than 43 mm (1.7 in.) or that there are no more than
60 envelopes loaded in the tray.
5. Close the tray.
6. At the control panel, if a prompt appears, select the correct envelope size and color.
• To select a new envelope size, touch Size .
• To select a new envelope color, touch Color .
Note:
• If a prompt does not appear and you have changed the envelope size or color, update the Required Paper Policies. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
support.xerox.com
.
• When the Envelope Tray is installed, the paper type is set to Envelope .
7. To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
LLaabbeellss
You can print labels from any tray.
• Use labels designed for laser printing.
• Do not use vinyl labels.
• Do not feed a sheet of labels through the printer more than once.
• Do not use dry gum labels.
• Print only on one side of the sheet of labels. Use full sheet labels only.
• Store unused labels flat in their original packaging. Leave the sheets of labels inside the original packaging until ready to use. Return any unused sheets of labels to the original packaging and reseal it.
• Do not store labels in extremely dry or humid conditions or extremely hot or cold conditions.
Storing them in extreme conditions can cause print-quality problems or cause them to jam in the printer.
202 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
• Rotate stock frequently. Long periods of storage in extreme conditions can cause labels to curl and jam in the printer.
• In the print driver software, select Label as the paper type.
• Before loading labels, remove all other paper from the tray.
Caution: Do not use any sheet where labels are missing, curled, or pulled away from the backing sheet. It could damage the printer.
LLooaaddiinngg LLaabbeellss iinn TTrraayyss 11 –– 44
1. Pull out the tray until it stops.
2. Remove any paper that is a different size or type.
3. Ensure that the guide locks are set in the correct position for the size labels that you are loading.
For details, refer to
Adjusting the Paper Guides in the 520-Sheet Adjustable Trays
.
Note: Trays 1–4 can print labels 106–169g/m².
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
203
4. Load labels in the tray.
• For long-edge feed, load labels face up, with the top edge toward the front of the tray.
• For short-edge feed, load labels face up, with the top edge toward the right of the tray.
5. Close the tray.
6. At the control panel, if a prompt appears, select the correct paper size, type, and color.
• Ensure that the paper type is set to Labels . To select a new paper type, touch Type .
• To select a new paper size, touch Size .
• To select a new paper color, touch Color .
Note: If a prompt does not appear, and you have changed the paper size, type, or color, update the Required Paper Policies. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
7. To confirm the paper settings, touch Confirm .
204 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
LLooaaddiinngg LLaabbeellss iinn TTrraayy 55
1. Open Tray 5, then for larger sizes, pull out the extension tray. If Tray 5 is already open, remove any paper that is a different size or type.
2. Move the width guides to the edges of the tray.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
205
3. Load the labels in the tray:
• For long-edge feed, load labels face down with the top edge toward the front of the tray.
• For short-edge feed, load labels face down with the top edge to the left.
Note:
• Do not load paper above the maximum fill line. Overfilling the tray can cause the printer to jam.
• Do not print on label media after a label has been removed from a sheet.
• To avoid jams and misfeeds, do not remove paper from its packaging until you are ready to use it.
4. Adjust the width guides until they touch the edges of the paper.
206 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5. At the control panel, select the correct paper size, type, and color:
• Ensure that the paper type is set to Labels . To select a new paper type, touch Type .
• To select a new paper size, touch Size .
• To select a new paper color, touch Color .
6. To confirm the paper settings, touch Confirm .
You can print glossy paper, up to 256 g/m 2 , from any tray. You can print heavyweight glossy paper from Tray 5 only.
Note: For best results, load Glossy Cardstock, and Glossy Cardstock Reloaded paper into Tray 5.
• Do not open sealed packages of glossy paper until you are ready to load them into the printer.
• Leave glossy paper in the original wrapper, and leave the packages in the shipping carton until ready to use.
• Remove all other paper from the tray before loading glossy paper.
• Load only the amount of glossy paper that you are planning to use. Do not leave glossy paper in the tray when you are finished printing. Reinsert unused paper in the original wrapper and seal.
• Rotate paper frequently. Long periods of storage in extreme conditions can cause glossy paper to curl and jam in the printer.
• In the print driver software, select the desired glossy paper type or select the tray loaded with the desired paper.
1. Before you load glossy paper, remove all other paper from the tray.
2. Load only the amount of paper you plan to use.
3. Load the paper with the glossy side or print side down.
4. At the control panel, select the correct paper size, type, and color:
• Ensure that the paper type is set to Glossy . To select a new paper type, touch Type .
• To select a new paper size, touch Size .
• To select a new paper color, touch Color .
5. To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
TTrraannssppaarreenncciieess
Transparencies can be printed from trays 1–5. For best results, use only recommended Xerox ® transparencies.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
207
Caution: The Xerox ® Warranty and Service Agreement do not cover damage caused by the use of unsupported paper or special media.
• Before you load transparencies in the tray, remove all paper.
• Handle transparencies by the edges using both hands. Fingerprints or creases can cause poor print quality.
• Do not load more than 20 transparencies. Overloading the tray can cause the printer to jam.
• For clear or non-strip transparencies:
– Load transparencies face up into Trays 1–4.
– Load transparencies face down into Tray 5.
• For striped transparencies:
– Load transparencies into Trays 1–4 with the strip face down on the right trailing edge.
– Load transparencies into Tray 5 with the strip face up on the left trailing edge.
• Do not fan transparencies.
• After you load transparencies, on the control panel, change the paper type to Transparency .
• In the print driver software, for the paper type, select Transparency .
208 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
7
Maintenance
This chapter contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
209
General Precautions
WARNING:
• Internal parts of the printer can be hot. Use caution when doors and covers are open.
• Keep all cleaning materials out of the reach of children.
• Do not use pressurized spray cleaning aids on or in the printer. Some pressurized sprays contain explosive mixtures and are not suitable for use in electrical applications. Use of pressurized spray cleaners increases the risk of fire and explosion.
• Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws. You cannot maintain or service any parts that are behind these covers and guards. Do not attempt any maintenance procedure that is not described in the documentation supplied with your printer.
Caution:
• When cleaning your printer do not use organic or strong chemical solvents or aerosol cleaners. Do not pour fluids directly into any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed in this documentation.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer.
• Do not leave the covers and doors open for any length of time, especially in well-lighted places. Light exposure can damage the drum cartridges.
• Do not open covers and doors during printing.
• Do not tilt the printer while it is in use.
• Do not touch the electrical contacts or gears. Doing so could damage the printer and cause the print quality to deteriorate.
• Ensure that any parts removed during cleaning are replaced before you plug in the printer.
210 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Cleaning the Printer
Regular cleaning keeps the touch screen and control panel free from dust and dirt.
To clean the printer exterior:
1. To avoid activating buttons and menus when cleaning the printer, press the Power/Wake button, then touch Sleep .
2. To remove fingerprints and smudges, clean the touch screen and control panel with a soft, lintfree cloth.
3. To return the printer to Ready mode, press the Power/Wake button.
4. Use a soft, lint-free cloth to clean the outside of the output tray, paper trays, and other exterior areas of your printer.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
211
To ensure optimum print quality, clean the document glass regularly. Cleaning helps avoid output with streaks, smears, and other marks that transfer from the glass while scanning documents.
1. Slightly dampen a soft, lint-free cloth with water.
2. Remove any paper or other media from the output tray.
3. Open the document cover.
4. Wipe the surfaces of the document glass and CVT glass until they are clean and dry.
Note: For best results, use Xerox ® Glass Cleaner to remove marks and streaks.
5. Wipe the white underside of the document cover until it is clean and dry.
6. Close the document cover.
Dirt on the document feed rollers can cause paper jams or deteriorate print quality. For best performance, clean the document feed rollers once a month.
212 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Lift the lever and open the top cover of the document feeder.
2. While turning the rollers, wipe them with a clean, lint-free cloth moistened with water.
Caution: Do not use alcohol or chemical cleaners on the document feed rollers.
3. Close the document feeder top cover.
The second-side scanning lens assembly allows you to make 2-sided scans and copies with a single pass of the original. The assembly is on the left side of the document cover and includes a mirrored glass strip, a metal strip, a white-plastic strip, and rollers.
Note: Xerox recommends that you clean all parts of the second-side scanning lens assembly regularly.
To clean the second-side scanning lens assembly:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
213
1. To access the second-side scanning lens assembly, lower the lever under the left side of the document cover.
2. To separate the left end of the document cover from the lens assembly, continue to lower the lever.
3. Using a soft cloth moistened with water, wipe the mirrored glass, metal strip, both sides of the white-plastic strip, and the rollers. If dirt is difficult to remove, moisten a soft cloth with a small amount of neutral detergent. Then wipe the parts dry with a soft cloth.
Caution: To prevent damage to the film around the glass, do not press heavily on the mirrored glass.
214 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. Return the document cover to its original position, ensuring the lever is locked in place. If you touch the document cover with your bare hands, clean the cover before closing the document feeder.
The printer is constructed with four printhead lenses. Clean all lenses as described in the following procedure.
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
1. Open the front cover of the printer.
2. Turn the belt tension lever to the left.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
215
3. Pull the drum cartridge cover down until it clicks into the open position.
4. Each of the four printheads has its own cleaning tool. Slowly pull out the LED printhead cleaner until the three dots are visible.
Note: The LED printhead cleaner does not detach from the printer.
5. Slowly push the LED printhead cleaner back into the printhead until it stops.
6. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 for each printhead.
7. Close the drum cartridge cover.
216 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
8. Turn the belt tension lever to the right to return it to the locked position.
9. Close the printer front cover.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
217
Supplies
Consumable supplies are printer supplies that become depleted during the operation of the printer.
Consumable supplies for this printer include the following supplies:
• Genuine Xerox ® Toner Cartridges in Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black.
• Staple Cartridges and Staple Refills for the Optional Integrated Office Finisher.
• Staple Cartridges and Staple Refills for the Optional Office Finisher LX or the Office Finisher LX with Booklet Maker.
• Staple Cartridges and Staple Refills for the Optional Business Ready Finisher or the Business Ready
Finisher with Booklet Maker.
Note:
• Each consumable includes installation instructions. To replace consumables, refer to the instructions included with the consumable supply.
• Only install new toner cartridges in your printer. If a used toner cartridge is installed, then the toner remaining amount displayed can be inaccurate.
• To ensure print quality, the toner cartridge is designed to cease functioning at a predetermined point.
Caution: Use of toner other than genuine Xerox ® Toner can affect print quality and printer reliability. Xerox ® Toner is the only toner designed and manufactured under strict quality controls by Xerox for specific use with this printer.
Routine maintenance items are printer parts that have a limited life and require periodic replacement.
Replacements can be parts or kits. Routine maintenance items are typically customer-replaceable parts.
Note: Each routine maintenance item includes installation instructions.
Routine maintenance items for this printer include the following:
• Waste Toner Container
• Drum Cartridges
• Transfer Belt Cleaner
• Second Bias Transfer Roller
• Hole-Punch Waste Container
218 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
A warning appears on the control panel when supplies near their replacement time. Verify that you have replacements on hand. It is important to order these items when the messages first appear to avoid interruptions to your printing. An error message appears on the control panel when supplies must be replaced.
Order supplies from your local reseller or go to www.xerox.com/supplies .
Caution: Use of non-Xerox supplies is not recommended. The Xerox ® Warranty and Service
Agreement do not cover damage, malfunction, or degradation of performance caused by the use of non-Xerox supplies, or the use of Xerox supplies not specified for this printer.
SSuuppppllyy SSttaattuuss
You can check the status and percentage of life remaining for your printer supplies at the control panel or from the Embedded Web Server. When printer supplies near their replacement time, warning alerts appear on the control panel.
You can customize the alerts that appear on the control panel and configure email alert notifications using the Embedded Web Server.
To check the supplies status and set up alerts using the Embedded Web Server, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
To check the supplies status at the control panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To view status information for the printer supplies, touch Device > Supplies .
3. To view details about a specific toner cartridge, including the part number for reordering, touch
Cyan , Magenta , Yellow , or Black .
4. To return to the Supplies screen, touch X .
5. To view more details, touch Other Supplies . Scroll through the list, then select an option.
6. To return to the Supplies screen, touch X .
7. To print the Supplies Report, touch Print Supplies Report .
8. To return to the Device screen, touch X .
WARNING:
• When replacing a toner cartridge, be careful not to spill the toner. If any toner spills, avoid contact with clothes, skin, eyes, and mouth. Do not inhale the toner dust.
• Keep toner cartridges out of the reach of children. If a child accidentally swallows toner, have the child spit out the toner, and rinse out their mouth with water. Consult a physician immediately.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
219
WARNING: Use a damp cloth to wipe off spilled toner. Never use a vacuum cleaner to remove spills. Electric sparks inside the vacuum cleaner can cause a fire or explosion. If you spill a large volume of toner, contact your local Xerox representative.
WARNING: Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. Remaining toner in the cartridge can catch fire and cause burn injuries or an explosion.
When it is time to replace a toner catridge, the printer displays a message on the control panel.
Note: Each toner cartridge includes installation instructions.
To replace a toner cartridge:
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
1. Open the front cover of the printer.
2. Place your fingers under the lip of the toner cartridge, then pull the toner cartridge straight out of the printer.
220 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3. Remove the new toner cartridge from the packaging. Tilt the cartridge up and down, then left and right 10 times.
4. Hold the new toner cartridge with the arrow facing up, then push the cartridge in slowly until it stops.
5. Push gently on the toner cartridge to ensure that it is seated.
6. Close the printer front cover.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
221
A message appears on the control panel when the waste toner container must be replaced.
When replacing the waste toner container, clean the printhead lenses. For details, see
.
Caution: Spread paper on the floor to catch possible toner spills.
WARNING: If you spill any toner in the printer, wipe it up using a moist cloth. Never use a vacuum cleaner to remove spilled toner. Sparks inside the vacuum cleaner can cause a fire or explosion.
WARNING: If you accidentally get toner on your clothes, lightly dust them off as best as you can. If some toner remains on your clothes, use cool water, not hot, to rinse off the toner. If toner gets on your skin, wash it off with cool water and a mild soap. If you get toner in your eyes, wash it out immediately with cool water and consult a doctor.
Note: Each waste container includes installation instructions.
To replace the waste toner container:
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
1. Open the front cover of the printer.
2. Remove the new waste toner container from the packaging. Retain the packaging.
222 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3. Pull the used waste toner container out slowly while supporting it with your other hand.
4. Place the used waste toner container in the plastic bag, then seal it firmly using the zipper.
5. Place the used waste toner container in the empty box.
6. Hold the left side of the new waste toner container and slide it into the printer until it clicks.
7. Clean the printhead lenses. For details, refer to
.
8. Close the front cover.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
223
A message appears on the control panel when a drum cartridge must be replaced.
Note: Each drum cartridge includes installation instructions.
To replace a drum cartridge:
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
Caution: Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight or strong indoor fluorescent lighting. Do not touch or scratch the surface of the drum.
1. Open the front cover of the printer.
2. Turn the belt tension lever to the left.
3. Pull the drum cartridge cover down until it clicks into the open position.
224 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. Grip the orange handle of the drum cartridge as shown, then pull the drum cartridge straight out of the printer. Place the used drum cartridge in the plastic bag and place in the box.
WARNING: Do not touch any toner adhering to the drum cartridge.
5. Remove the packing material from the end of the new drum cartridge.
6. Rest the new cartridge, along with its black plastic protective shield, in the cartridge slot. Load the cartridge in the direction of the arrow on the top of the shield.
7. With the guides inserted in the slot, to remove the black paper sheet, pull it in the direction shown. Remove the tape from the top of the cartridge shield.
8. Hold the shield, then use the orange handle to push the cartridge into the printer.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
225
9. Continue to push the orange handle until it stops.
10. Carefully remove the protective shield, then push the drum cartridge until it stops.
11. Close the drum cartridge cover.
12. Turn the belt tension lever to the right to return it to the locked position.
13. Close the printer front cover.
14. Dispose of the protective shield and tape as normal office waste.
226 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
A message appears on the control panel when the transfer belt cleaner must be replaced.
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
1. Open the front cover of the printer.
2. Turn the orange lever to the right to unlock the belt cleaner.
3. Turn the orange knob counterclockwise until it releases.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
227
4. Pull the transfer belt cleaner straight out of the printer.
WARNING: Do not touch any toner adhering to the transfer belt cleaner. Do not tilt the transfer belt cleaner or toner could spill.
5. Remove the new transfer belt cleaner from the packaging. Retain the packaging.
6. Place the used transfer belt cleaner in the plastic bag.
7. Remove the protective cover from the new transfer belt cleaner.
Caution: Do not touch the surface of the transfer belt cleaner. Doing so could deteriorate image quality.
8. Support the new transfer belt cleaner with your left hand and slide it straight into the opening until it stops.
228 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
9. Push the orange knob in, then turn it clockwise until snug.
10. To lock the belt cleaner, turn the orange lever to the left.
11. Close the printer front cover.
When the second bias transfer roller needs to be replaced, a message appears on the control panel.
1. Remove paper from the left tray, then fold up the tray.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
229
2. To open Door A, open Tray 5, then lift the release lever and open Door A.
WARNING: The area around the fuser can be hot. To avoid injury, use caution.
Caution: Do not touch the transfer belt. Touching the belt can reduce image quality or damage the transfer belt. Do not touch the transfer roller. Touching the roller can reduce image quality.
3. Remove the new transfer roller from the packaging. Retain the packaging.
4. Push the orange lever in the direction shown.
230 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5. Lift the used transfer roller out of the printer.
Note: Do not touch any toner that adheres to the transfer roller.
6. Place the used transfer roller in the plastic bag.
7. Place the new transfer roller in the printer as shown. Press down until the transfer roller clicks into place.
8. Remove the protective cover from the transfer roller.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
231
9. To close Door A, push the door up firmly until it clicks into place, then close Tray 5.
When a staple cartridge is empty, a message appears on the control panel.
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
1. Open the finisher front door.
2. To remove the staple cartridge, grasp the orange handle, then pull it firmly toward you.
3. Check inside the finisher for any loose staples and remove them.
4. Pinch both sides of the staple pack and remove the staple pack from the cartridge.
232 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5. Insert the front side of the new staple pack into the staple cartridge, then push the rear side into the cartridge.
6. Grasp the new staple cartridge by the orange handle, then insert the cartridge into the stapler until it clicks.
7. Close the finisher front door.
Replacing Staples in the Main Stapler of the Office Finisher LX
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
233
1. Open the finisher front door.
2. Reach into the finisher cabinet and pull the stapler toward you until it stops.
3. Push the stapler assembly to the right as shown.
4. To remove the staple cartridge, grasp the orange handle, then pull it firmly toward you.
5. Pinch both sides of the staple pack and remove the staple pack from the cartridge.
234 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. Insert the front side of the new staple pack into the staple cartridge, then push the rear side into the cartridge.
7. Grasp the new staple cartridge by the orange handle, then insert the cartridge into the stapler assembly until it clicks.
8. Close the finisher front door.
Replacing Staples in the Booklet Maker of the Office Finisher LX
WARNING: Do not perform this procedure while the printer is printing.
1. Open the finisher side cover.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
235
2. If the staple cartridges are not visible, grip the vertical panels at the left and right of the opening and slide them to the center.
3. Hold the tabs on both sides of the staple cartridge and pull the cartridge out of the finisher.
4. Hold the tabs on both sides of the new staple cartridge and insert it into the original position in the finisher.
Note: If you have trouble inserting the cartridge, ensure that the staples are positioned correctly in the cartridge.
Note: The booklet maker uses two staple cartridges. Booklet stapling requires that both staple cartridges contain staples.
5. Repeat the procedure for the other staple cartridge.
6. Close the finisher side cover.
236 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Replacing Staples in the Main Stapler of the Business Ready Finisher
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
1. Open the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
2. Hold the stapler assembly by the orange lever R1 and push it to the right.
3. To remove the staple cartridge, grasp the orange handle, then pull it firmly toward you.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
237
4. Pinch both sides of the staple pack and remove the staple pack from the cartridge.
5. Insert the front side of the new staple pack into the staple cartridge, then push the rear side into the cartridge.
6. Grasp the new staple cartridge by the orange handle, then insert the cartridge into the stapler assembly until it clicks.
7. Return the staple cartridge assembly to its original position.
Replacing Staples in the Booklet Maker of the Business Ready Finisher
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
238 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. Open the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
2. Grasp the booklet maker handle and pull the unit toward you until the staple cartridges appear on the top edge of the device.
3. To remove a staple cartridge from the booklet maker, push down on the staple cartridge handle, as shown, then pull the cartridge out and up.
4. Turn over the staple cartridge.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
239
5. To permit the staple cartridge handle to open out and away from the staple pack, press in the green tabs, then pull back the handle.
6. To remove the staple pack, press the rear of the cartridge, then lift out the staple pack as shown.
7. Insert the front side of the new staple pack into the staple cartridge, then push the rear side into the cartridge.
8. To close the staple cartridge, push back the cartridge handle until it clicks.
240 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
9. To return the staple cartridge to the booklet maker, insert the staple cartridge and push up on the cartridge handle as shown.
10. Return the booklet maker to its original position, then close the finisher door.
1. Lift the lever at the rear of the convenience stapler, then gently rotate the staple head toward you.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
241
2. Grip the staple cartridge and pull it out of the stapler head.
3. Unpack the new staple cartridge. Remove any partial strips and any staple strips that are not flat.
4. Install the new staple cartridge in the convenience stapler. The staple cartridge clicks into place.
5. Release the lever at the front of the convenience stapler, then gently rotate the staple head away from you.
A message appears on the control panel when the hole punch waste container is full.
LLXX
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
1. Lift the finisher transport top cover, then open the front transport cover.
242 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
2. Pull out the hole-punch waste container.
3. Empty the container.
4. Insert the container all the way into the finisher.
5. Close the finisher front transport cover, then close the top cover.
FFiinniisshheerr
Caution: Do not perform this procedure when the printer is copying or printing.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
243
1. Open the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
2. Remove the hole-punch waste container from its slot near the top left of the finisher.
Note:
• When you remove the hole punch waste container, wait 10 seconds before you reinsert it into the printer. The hole punch counter resets after 10 seconds.
• If you remove the hole punch waste container before the device instructs you to, empty the container before you reinsert it into the finisher.
3. Empty the container.
244 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. Insert the container all the way into the finisher.
5. Close the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
RReeccyycclliinngg SSuupppplliieess
For information on Xerox ® supplies recycling programs, go to www.xerox.com/recycling .
Supplies include a prepaid return label. Please use it to return used components in their original boxes for recycling.
You must reset the supply life counters when you replace some supplies.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the Log In button, enter the system administrator login information, then touch Done . For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
3. Touch Device > Tools > Device Settings > Supplies .
4. Touch Supply Counter Reset .
5. To select an item to reset, touch the supply item in the list, then touch Reset Counter .
6. On the confirmation screen, touch Reset .
7. To return to the Tools screen, touch X , then touch X again.
8. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
9. Touch the Log In button, then touch Logout .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
245
Managing the Printer
The Billing/Usage menu displays the total number of impressions that the printer generated or printed during its lifetime. You cannot reset the counters. A page is counted as one side of a sheet of paper. For example, a sheet of paper that is printed on two sides counts as two impressions.
Note: If you provide regular billing information for your device, you can use the Remote
Services Upload feature to simplify the process. You can enable Remote Services to send billing meter readings to Xerox automatically so that you do not have to collect the readings manually. Refer to the System Administrator Guide for further information.
To view the billing information for your printer:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device > Billing/Usage .
3. To view more details, touch Usage Counters , then select an option.
4. After viewing the usage readings, to return to the Device screen touch X , then touch X again.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
The Billing Summary Report provides information about the device and a detailed listing of the billing meters and sheet counts.
To print the Billing Summary Report:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device > Information Pages .
3. Touch Billing Summary , then touch Print .
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
246 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Moving the Printer
• Always power off the printer, then wait for the printer to shut down. To power off the printer, verify that there are no jobs in the queue, press the Power/Wake button, then touch Power Off .
After 10 seconds, the touch screen goes dark and the printer powers down. Open the printer front door, then power off the main power switch. For details, refer to
Restarting, Placing in Sleep Mode, or Powering Off the Printer .
• Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet, then disconnect the power cord from the back of the printer.
• To avoid spilling toner, keep the printer level.
Note: When you move the printer over a long distance, to prevent toner from spilling, remove the drum cartridges and toner cartridges. Pack the printer inside a box.
Caution: Failure to repackage the printer properly for shipment can result in damage not covered by the Xerox ® Warranty or Service Agreement. The Xerox ® Warranty and Service
Agreement do not cover damage to the printer caused by improper moving.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
247
248 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
8
Troubleshooting
This chapter contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
249
General Troubleshooting
This section contains procedures to help you locate and resolve problems. Resolve some problems by simply restarting the printer.
RReessttaarrttiinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr
The printer has two power switches. The main power switch, located behind the front door, controls the main power to the printer. The secondary power switch is the Power/Wake button on the control panel. The Power/Wake button controls power to the printer electronic components, and when powered off, initiates a software-controlled shutdown. The preferred method to power on and off the printer is to use the Power/Wake button.
To operate the printer, power on both switches:
1. Power on the main power switch.
2. At the control panel, press the Power/Wake button.
3. To restart the printer: a.
At the control panel, press the Power/Wake button, then touch Restart . A message appears on the control panel that warns you that the printer is restarting.
b.
If the printer does restart after several minutes, open the front door, then power off the main power switch. To restart the printer, power on the main switch, then press the Power/Wake button on the control panel.
c.
Close the front door.
If restarting the printer does not resolve the issue, see the table in this chapter that best describes the problem.
250 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Probable Causes
The printer has two power switches and one is not powered on.
Solutions
Power off the printer.
• Press the Power/Wake button on the control panel.
• Open the front door and power off the main power switch.
Power on the printer.
• Open the front door, then power on the main power switch.
• At the printer control panel, press the Power/
Wake button. For details, refer to
Printer or Exiting Sleep Mode .
Probable Causes
The power switch is not switched on.
Solutions
• Open the front door and check that the main power switch is in the On position.
• At the printer control panel, press the Power/
Wake button. For details, refer to
Printer or Exiting Sleep Mode .
The power cord is not plugged into the outlet correctly.
Something is wrong with the outlet connected to the printer.
Power off the printer, then plug the power cord into the outlet securely. Use the bracket provided with the printer to secure the power cord in place.
• Plug another electrical appliance into the outlet and check if it operates properly.
• Try a different outlet.
The printer is connected to an outlet with a voltage or frequency that does not match the printer specifications.
Use a power source with the specifications listed in the
Caution: Plug the three-wire cord with grounding prong directly into a grounded AC outlet. Do not use a power strip. If necessary, contact a licensed electrician to install a properly grounded outlet.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
251
Probable Causes
The power cord is not plugged into the outlet correctly.
Solutions
Power off the printer. Confirm that the power cord is plugged in correctly to the printer and the outlet, then power on the printer.
A system error occurred.
The printer is connected to an outlet with a voltage or frequency that does not match the printer specifications.
Power off the printer, then power on again. If the error persists, contact your Xerox representative.
The printer is connected to an uninterruptible power supply (UPS), extension cord, or power strip.
Only use an extension cord designed to handle the electrical current capacity of the printer. For details, refer to
A network configuration problem exists.
Unplug the network cable. If the problem is not resolved, contact your system administrator to reconfigure your network installation.
Use a power source with the specifications listed in
.
Probable Causes
The printer is in Power Saver mode.
The printer has an error.
The printer is out of paper.
A toner cartridge is empty.
A drum cartridge has reached end of life.
No control panel indicators are lighted.
The printer is busy.
Solutions
On the control panel, press the Power/Wake button.
If the Status LED is blinking amber, to clear the error, follow the instructions on the control panel. If the error persists, contact your Xerox representative.
Load paper into the tray.
Replace the empty toner cartridge.
Replace the drum cartridge.
Power off the printer, confirm that the power cord is plugged in correctly to the printer and the outlet, then power on the printer. If the error persists, contact your Xerox representative.
• If the Status LED is flashing blue, a previous print job could be the problem.
1 At your computer, use the printer properties to delete all print jobs in the print queue.
252 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Probable Causes
The printer cable is disconnected.
There is a wireless or network connectivity issue.
Incorrect print driver.
Solutions
2 At the control panel, touch Jobs , then delete all pending print jobs.
• Load the paper in the tray.
• If the Status LED does not flash once after you send a print job, check the connection between the printer and the computer. Power off the printer, then power on.
If the Status LED does not flash once after you send a print job, check the connection between the printer and the computer.
To test the printer, print an Information Page, such as the Configuration Report. If the page prints, there could be a wireless or network connectivity issue.
Contact your system administrator or refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.
com .
Check that you have the latest print driver installed.
For details, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
PPrriinnttiinngg TTaakkeess TToooo LLoonngg
Probable Causes
The printer is set to print on a paper type that requires slower printing.
The printer is in Power Saver mode.
The way the printer was installed on the network could be an issue.
The job is complex.
Solutions
Certain paper types, like heavyweight paper and transparencies, take more time to print. Ensure that the print driver and control panel are set to the proper paper type.
Wait. It takes time for printing to start after the printer exits Power Saver mode.
• Determine if a print spooler or a computer sharing the printer is buffering all print jobs and then spooling them to the printer. Spooling can slow print speeds.
• To test the speed of the printer, print multiple copies of an information page, such as a demo page. If the page prints at the rated speed of the printer, there could be a network or printer installation issue. For additional help, contact the system administrator.
Wait. No action needed.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
253
Probable Causes
Selected tray has wrong paper size loaded, or paper type or color is not available.
Incorrect network settings.
The way the printer was installed on the network could be an issue.
Application and print driver have conflicting tray selections.
Solutions
To view the Job Status for a failed print on the touch screen:
1 At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2 Touch Jobs .
3 From the jobs list, touch the held job name. The resources required for the job appear on the control panel.
4 Do one of the following:
• To print the job, replenish the resources required. The job resumes automatically when the required resources are available. If the job does not print automatically, touch Resume .
• To choose an alternative paper source to enable the job to print, touch Print On
Alternate Paper . Select a paper tray, then touch OK .
• To delete the print job, touch Delete . At the prompt, touch Delete .
Note: The Print On Alternate Paper option is enabled using the Embedded
Web Server.
5 To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
To reset network settings, contact your system administrator or refer to the System Administrator
Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
• Ensure that the printer is connected to the network.
• Determine if a print spooler or a computer sharing the printer is buffering all print jobs and then spooling them to the printer. Spooling can slow print speeds.
• To test the printer, print an information page, such as the Configuration Report. If the page prints, there could be a network or printer installation issue. For help, contact the system administrator.
For details, see
Document Prints from Wrong Tray
.
254 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Probable Causes
Application and print driver have conflicting tray selections.
Solutions
1 Check the tray selected in the print driver.
2 Access the page setup or printer settings of the application from which you are printing.
3 Set the paper source to match the tray selected in the print driver or set the paper source to
Automatically Select .
4 Check that you have the latest print driver installed. For details, go to www.support.xerox.
com .
Note: To have the print driver select the tray, set the tray used as the paper source to Auto
Selection Enabled .
Probable Causes
One of the trays is not installed correctly.
Solutions
Open and close the tray from which you are printing.
There is an obstruction or debris inside the printer.
Power off the printer and remove the obstruction or debris. If you cannot remove the obstruction, contact your Xerox ® service representative.
The printer beeps at each touch on the control panel.
Check the Alerts setting. For details, refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.
com .
Probable Causes
Unsupported or incorrect paper.
Incorrect setting.
Solutions
Ensure that you are using the correct paper. Do not use transparencies, envelopes, labels, or reloaded paper for automatic 2-sided printing. For details, see
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights for Automatic 2-
On the print driver Printing Options tab, select 2-
Sided Print .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
255
Probable Causes
The Date and Time Setup is set to Manual (NTP
Disabled).
The time zone, date, or time is set incorrectly.
Solutions
To change the Date and Time to Automatic, in the
Embedded Web Server, enable NTP. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.
xerox.com
.
Set the time zone, date, and time manually. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
SSccaannnneerr EErrrroorrss
Probable Causes
Scanner is not communicating.
Solutions
Power off the printer, and check the scanner cable.
Wait two minutes and power on the printer again.
If the problem is not resolved, contact your Xerox ® service representative.
256 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper Jams
WARNING: Never touch a caution-labeled area in the fuser. You can get burned. If a sheet of paper is wrapped around the inside of the fuser, do not try to remove it immediately. Power off the printer immediately and wait 40 minutes for the fuser to cool. Try to remove the jam after the printer has cooled. If the error persists, contact your Xerox representative.
Caution: Do not attempt to clear any paper jams using tools or instruments. This can permanently damage the printer.
The following illustration shows where paper jams can occur along the paper path:
1. Door D
2. Tray 5
3. Doors A and B
4. Door C
5. Duplex Automatic Document Feeder
6. Document Output Tray
7. Finisher Areas
8. Paper Trays 1–4
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
257
The printer is designed to function with minimal paper jams using Xerox supported paper. Other paper types can cause jams. If supported paper is jamming frequently in one area, clean that area of the paper path. To avoid damage, always remove jammed paper carefully without tearing it. Try to remove the paper in the same direction it normally moves through the printer. Even a small piece of paper left in the printer can cause a jam. Do not reload paper that has jammed.
The following can cause paper jams:
• Selecting the incorrect paper type in the print driver.
• Using damaged paper.
• Using unsupported paper.
• Loading paper incorrectly.
• Overfilling the tray.
• Adjusting the paper guides improperly.
Most jams can be prevented by following a simple set of rules:
• Use only supported paper. For details, refer to
• Follow proper paper handling and loading techniques.
• Always use clean, undamaged paper.
• Avoid paper that is curled, torn, moist, creased, or folded.
• To separate the sheets before loading into the tray, fan the paper.
• Observe the paper tray fill line; never overfill the tray.
• Remove transparencies from the output tray immediately after printing.
• Adjust the paper guides in all trays after inserting the paper. A guide that is not properly adjusted can cause poor print quality, misfeeds, skewed prints, and printer damage.
• After loading the trays, select the correct paper type and size on the control panel.
• When printing, select the correct type and size in the print driver.
• Store paper in a dry location.
• Use only Xerox paper and transparencies designed for the printer.
Avoid the following:
• Polyester coated paper that is designed especially for inkjet printers.
• Highly glossy or coated paper.
• Paper that is folded, wrinkled, or excessively curled.
• Fanning transparencies before loading in the paper tray.
• Loading more than one type, size, or weight of paper in a tray at the same time.
• Loading hole punched paper or paper with folded corners or staples in the document feeder.
• Overfilling the paper trays.
• Allowing the output tray to overfill.
258 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
• Allowing the output tray to fill with more than a few transparencies.
To clear jams, watch the video and follow the instructions on the control panel. To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, remove all paper from the areas shown. If the error does not clear, check the jam areas again to ensure that all paper has been removed. Ensure that all levers, covers, and doors have been closed correctly.
To avoid damage, always remove jammed paper carefully without tearing it. Try to remove the paper in the same direction it normally moves through the printer. Even a small piece of paper left in the printer can cause a jam. Do not reload paper that has jammed.
Note: Do not touch the printed side of the paper when removing it. The printed side of jammed pages could smudge, and the toner could stick to your hands. Avoid spilling any toner inside the printer.
WARNING: If you accidentally get toner on your clothes, lightly dust them off as best as you can. If some toner remains on your clothes, use cool water, not hot, to rinse off the toner. If toner gets on your skin, wash it off with cool water and a mild soap. If you get toner in your eyes, wash it out immediately with cool water and consult a doctor.
1. Lift the release lever and open the top cover of the document feeder as shown.
2. If the original document is not caught in the entry to the document feeder, pull the document straight out in the direction shown.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
259
3. If the message on the control panel instructs you to turn the green wheel, turn it in the direction shown. Turning the green wheel moves the original document out of the feeder.
4. If the control panel message instructs you to open the inner cover, lift the lever with the green tab to open the inner cover.
5. To move the original document out of the feeder, turn the green wheel in the direction shown.
Carefully remove the jammed document.
6. Close the inner cover, then close the top cover of the document feeder, pressing it down until it clicks into place.
7. If the original document is not visible when the document feeder top cover is opened, lift the document feeder and remove the original document from the document glass.
260 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
8. If the original document is not visible when the document feeder is opened, close the document feeder. Lift up the document feeder tray, then remove the paper.
9. Lower the document feeder tray.
10. If the original document is not wrinkled or torn, load it into the feeder again, following the instructions on the control panel.
Note: After clearing a document feeder jam, reload the entire document, including the pages already scanned. The printer automatically skips the scanned pages and scans the remaining pages.
Caution: Torn, wrinkled, or folded originals can cause jams and damage the printer. To copy torn, wrinkled, or folded originals, use the document glass.
1. Before you remove any tray from the printer, view the paper jam message on the control panel.
Remove the jam shown on the control panel, then remove other paper jams.
2. Pull out the tray until it stops.
3. Remove the paper from the tray.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
261
4. If the paper is torn, remove the tray completely, then check inside the printer for torn pieces of paper.
5. Reload the tray with undamaged paper, then push the tray in until it stops.
6. At the control panel, if a prompt appears, select the correct paper size, type, and color.
• To select a new paper size, touch Size .
• To select a new paper type, touch Type .
• To select a new paper color, touch Color .
• To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
Note: If a prompt does not appear, and you have changed the paper size, type, or color, update the Required Paper Policies. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
1. Remove the jammed paper from the tray. Make sure that the paper feed entrance where the tray connects to the printer is clear.
2. If the paper is torn, check inside the printer for torn pieces of paper.
3. Fan the paper that you removed and make sure that all four corners are aligned.
4. Insert the paper into tray 5 with the printing side face down. The leading edge of the paper should lightly touch the paper feed entrance.
262 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5. At the control panel, select the correct paper size, type, and color:
• To select a new paper size, touch Size .
• To select a new paper type, touch Type .
• To select a new paper color, touch Color .
6. To confirm the settings, touch Confirm .
1. Remove paper from the left tray, then close the tray.
2. Open Tray 5 as shown.
3. Lift the release lever for Door A.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
263
4. Open Door A as shown.
WARNING: The area around the fuser can be hot. Use caution to avoid injury.
Caution: Do not touch the transfer belt. Touching the belt can reduce image quality or damage the transfer belt. Do not touch the transfer roller. Touching the roller can reduce image quality.
5. Remove the jammed paper.
264 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. If paper is jammed in the fuser, to open the fuser exit gate, pull the green lever A1.
7. Remove the paper as shown.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the printer.
8. If the paper is jammed at the bottom entry of the fuser, remove it as shown.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
265
9. Return the green lever A1 to its locked position.
10. If the paper is jammed at the exit to the center output tray, pull the paper in the direction shown.
Note: Toner can adhere to the transfer roller. The toner that does adhere to the transfer roller does not affect print quality.
11. Close Door A, then close Tray 5.
266 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
1. To open Door B, open Tray 5, then lift the release lever and open Door B.
2. Remove the jammed paper as shown.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the printer.
3. Close door B, then close Tray 5.
1. Pull the release lever and open Door C.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
267
2. Remove the jammed paper from the Door C upper and lower areas.
Note:
• If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the printer.
• If the paper is inaccessible, see
3. For paper jammed in the paper tray, open the tray and remove the paper.
4. Close Door C.
1. Remove paper from the left tray, then close the tray.
268 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
2. To open Door A, open Tray 5, lift the release lever, then open Door A.
WARNING: The area around the fuser can be hot. Use caution to avoid injury.
Caution: Do not touch the transfer belt. Touching the belt can reduce image quality or damage the transfer belt. Do not touch the transfer roller. Touching the roller can reduce image quality.
3. Open the left tray. To open door D, lift the lever.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
269
4. Remove the jammed paper as shown.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the printer.
5. Close Door D.
6. Close Door A, then close Tray 5.
Probable Causes
The paper tray is too full.
The edges of the paper are not even.
The paper is moist from humidity.
Too much static electricity is present.
Using unsupported paper.
Humidity is too high for coated paper.
Solutions
Remove some of the paper. Do not load paper past fill line.
Remove the paper, align the edges, and then reload it.
Remove the paper from the tray, and replace it with new dry paper.
• Try a new ream of paper.
• Do not fan transparencies before loading in tray.
Use only Xerox approved paper. For details, refer to
Feed paper one sheet at a time.
270 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Probable Causes
Unsupported paper of the wrong size, thickness, or type.
Solutions
Use only Xerox-approved paper. For details, see
Originals are torn, previously stapled, bent, or folded.
Ensure that the originals are not torn, bent, or folded.
If previously stapled, remove all staples and separate the sheets by fanning them.
Place fewer documents in the document feeder.
The documents loaded in the document feeder exceed the maximum capacity allowed.
Improperly adjusted document feeder guides.
Adjust the paper guides to fit snugly against the paper loaded in the document feeder.
Probable Causes
The paper is not correctly positioned in the tray.
The paper tray is too full.
The paper guides are not correctly adjusted to the paper size.
The tray contains warped or wrinkled paper.
The paper is moist from humidity.
Using paper of the wrong size, thickness, or type.
Solutions
• Remove the misfed paper and reposition it properly in the tray.
• Adjust the paper guides in the tray to match the size of the paper.
Remove some of the paper. Do not load paper past the fill line.
1 Remove the paper.
2 Adjust the paper guides in the tray to match the size of the paper.
3 Replace the paper.
Remove the paper, smooth it out, and reload it. If it still misfeeds, do not use that paper.
Remove the moist paper and replace it with new, dry paper.
Use only Xerox approved paper. For details, refer to
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
271
Probable Causes
The label sheet is facing the wrong way in the tray.
Solutions
Load label sheets according to the instructions from the manufacturer.
• Load labels face up in trays 1–4.
• Load labels face down in tray 5.
Use tray 5 to print envelopes.
Envelopes are loaded in the wrong tray.
Envelopes are loaded incorrectly in tray5.
To load envelopes in tray 5:
• For envelopes with the flap on a long edge, load envelopes with the flaps closed, flaps up, and flaps on the leading edge, toward the right.
• For envelopes with the flap on a short edge, load envelopes with the flaps closed, flaps up, and flaps on the leading edge, toward the right.
• Load C4 and custom-size envelopes longer than
320 mm (12.6 in.) short-edge feed, with the flaps closed, flaps up, and flaps on the leading edge, toward the right. For custom-size envelopes, define a custom size on the control panel.
Envelopes are loaded incorrectly in the envelope tray.
To load the envelope tray:
• For envelopes with the flap on a long edge, load envelopes with the flaps closed, flaps down, and the flaps on the left side of the tray.
• For envelopes with the flap on a short edge, load envelopes with the flaps closed, flaps down, and the flaps on the left side of the tray.
Probable Causes
Some paper remains jammed in the printer.
Solutions
Recheck the media path and make sure that you have removed all of the jammed paper.
One of the printer doors is open.
Check the doors on the printer. Close any door that is open.
Note: Check for, and remove, torn pieces of paper in the paper path.
272 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Probable Causes
Using paper of the wrong size, thickness, or type.
Paper type is set incorrectly in the print driver.
Paper is loaded in the wrong tray.
Tray is loaded with mixed paper.
Solutions
Use paper of the correct size, thickness, or type. For details, see
Supported Paper Sizes and Weights for
.
Ensure that the paper type is set correctly in the driver and that the paper is loaded in the correct tray.
For details, see
.
Ensure that paper is loaded into the correct tray. For details, refer to
.
Load the tray with only one type and size of paper.
1. Locate the Integrated Office Finisher under the scanner and control panel, then open the top cover as shown.
2. Rotate the green knob in the direction shown.
3. To remove the paper, pull it in the direction shown.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the printer.
4. Close the top cover of the Integrated Office Finisher.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
273
Clearing Jams Under the Office Finisher Top Cover
1. Pull up the lever on the top cover.
2. Open the top cover by rotating it to the left.
3. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the finisher.
4. Close the top cover of the finisher.
274 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Clearing Jams in the Office Finisher LX Transport
1. Lift the handle of the center tray straight up to open the transport cover.
2. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the finisher.
3. Close the transport cover.
Clearing Jams in the Center Tray
1. If the paper is jammed at the exit to the center output tray, pull the paper in the direction shown.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
275
2. Open, then close, the finisher transport cover.
Clearing Jams in the Finisher Transport
1. Open the finisher transport cover.
2. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the finisher.
3. Close the finisher transport cover.
276 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Clearing Jams at 3a in the Finisher
1. If the paper is visible at the output tray exit, remove the paper by pulling it in the direction shown.
2. Open the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
3. Lift green handle 3a.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
277
4. Carefully remove the paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the finisher.
5. Return green handle 3a to its original position.
6. Close the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
278 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Clearing Jams at 3c in the Finisher
1. Open the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
2. Move green lever 3c to the left.
3. Carefully remove the paper.
Note:
• If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the finisher.
• If the paper is inaccessible, or if the control panel prompts you, to release the paper, turn green knob 3b in the direction shown.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
279
4. Return green lever 3c to its original position.
5. Close the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
Clearing Jams at 3d in the Finisher
1. Open the front door of the finisher, then locate green lever 3d.
280 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
2. Move green lever 3d to the right.
3. Carefully remove the paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the finisher.
4. Return green lever 3d to its original position.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
281
5. Close the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
Clearing Jams at 4 in the Finisher
1. Open the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
2. Using the green handle, pull out unit 4 until it stops.
282 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3. To remove the jammed paper, turn green knob 4 in either direction as shown.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the finisher.
4. Return unit 4 to its original position.
5. Close the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
283
Clearing Jams in the Booklet Tray
1. Open the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
2. To release the jammed paper, turn green knob 4 in the direction shown.
3. To remove the paper, pull it in the direction shown.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the finisher.
284 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. Close the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
Clearing Jams at 2a in the CZ Folder
1. Open the front door of the CZ folder.
2. Lift green handle 2a.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
285
3. Carefully remove the paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the folder.
4. Return green handle 2a to its original position.
5. Close the front door of the CZ folder.
286 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Clearing Jams at 2b in the CZ Folder
1. Open the front door of the CZ folder.
2. Move green lever 2b to the left.
3. Carefully remove the paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the folder.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
287
4. Return lever 2b to its original position.
5. Close the front door of the CZ folder.
Clearing Jams at 2e in the CZ Folder
1. To access lever 2e, open the front door of the CZ folder, then open the Folder tray 2d.
288 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
2. Move green lever 2e to the right.
3. Carefully remove the paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the folder.
4. Return green lever 2e to its original position.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
289
5. Close the Folder tray, then close the front door of the CZ folder.
Clearing Jams at 2f in the CZ Folder
1. To access lever 2f, open the front door of the CZ folder, then open the Folder tray 2d.
2. Move green lever 2f to the right.
290 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3. Carefully remove the paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the folder.
4. Return green lever 2f to its original position.
5. Close the Folder tray, then close the front door of the CZ folder.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
291
Clearing Jams at 2g in the CZ Folder
1. Open the front door of the CZ folder.
2. Move green lever 2g to the right.
3. Carefully remove the paper.
Note: If the paper is torn, remove all torn pieces from the folder.
292 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
4. Return green lever 2g to its original position.
5. Close the front door of the CZ folder.
Clearing Staple Jams in the Integrated Office Finisher
1. Open the finisher front door.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
293
2. To remove the staple cartridge, grasp the orange handle, then pull it firmly toward you.
3. Check inside the finisher for any loose staples and remove them.
4. Pull the staple cartridge clamp firmly in the direction shown to open it.
5. Remove the jammed staples, then push the clamp in the direction shown until it snaps into the locked position.
WARNING: carefully.
The points of the jammed staples are sharp. Remove the jammed staples
294 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. Grasp the staple cartridge by the orange handle, then insert the cartridge into the stapler until it clicks.
7. Close the finisher front door.
Clearing Staple Jams in the Office Finisher LX
WARNING: Do not perform this procedure while the printer is printing.
1. Open the front door of the Office Finisher.
2. Reach into the finisher cabinet and pull the stapler assembly toward you until it stops.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
295
3. Push the stapler assembly to the right as shown.
4. Grip the staple cartridge by the orange handle and pull it firmly toward you to remove it.
5. Check inside the finisher for any loose staples and remove them.
6. Pull the staple cartridge clamp firmly in the direction shown to open it.
7. Remove the jammed staples by pulling them in the direction shown.
WARNING: carefully.
The points of the jammed staples are sharp. Remove the jammed staples
296 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
8. Push the clamp in the direction shown until it snaps into the locked position.
9. Grip the staple cartridge by the orange handle and insert it into the stapler assembly. Push it in until it clicks.
10. Close the front door of the Office Finisher.
Clearing Booklet Staple Jams in the Office Finisher LX
WARNING: Do not perform this procedure while the printer is printing.
1. Open the side cover of the Office Finisher.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
297
2. If the staple cartridges are not visible, grip the vertical panels at the left and right of the opening and slide them to the center.
3. Hold the tabs on both sides of the staple cartridge and pull the cartridge out of the finisher.
4. Remove the jammed staples by pulling them in the direction shown.
WARNING: carefully.
The points of the jammed staples are sharp. Remove the jammed staples
298 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5. Hold the tabs on both sides of the staple cartridge and insert it into the original position in the finisher.
Note: If you have trouble inserting the cartridge, ensure that the staples are positioned correctly in the cartridge.
Note: The booklet maker uses two staple cartridges. Booklet stapling requires that both staple cartridges contain staples.
6. Starting at Step 2, repeat the procedure for the other staple cartridge.
7. Close the side cover of the Office Finisher.
Clearing Main Staple Jams in the Business Ready Finisher
1. Open the front door of the Business Ready Finisher.
2. Locate and hold the stapler assembly by the orange lever R1, then push it to the right.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
299
3. To remove the staple cartridge, grasp the orange handle, then pull it firmly toward you.
4. Pull the staple cartridge clamp firmly in the direction shown to open it.
5. Remove the jammed staples.
WARNING: carefully.
The points of the jammed staples are sharp. Remove the jammed staples
6. To close the staple clamp, push the clamp in the direction shown until it snaps into the locked position.
300 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
7. Grasp the staple cartridge by the orange handle, then insert the cartridge into the stapler assembly until it clicks.
8. Return the staple cartridge assembly to its original position, then close the finisher door.
Clearing Staple Jams in the Business Ready Finisher Booklet Maker
1. Open the front door of the Business Ready finisher.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
301
2. Grasp the booklet maker handle and pull the unit toward you until the staple cartridges appear on the top edge of the device.
3. To remove a staple cartridge from the booklet maker, push down on the staple cartridge handle, as shown, then pull the cartridge out and up.
4. Turn over the staple cartridge.
5. To permit the staple cartridge handle to open out and away from the staple pack, press in the green tabs, then pull back the handle.
Note: If you do not see the staple jam, remove the staple case.
302 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
6. To remove the staple case, press the rear of the case as shown.
Note: If you can see the staple jam, open the staple cartridge clamp.
7. To open to the staple cartridge, pull it firmly in the direction shown.
WARNING: carefully.
The points of the jammed staples are sharp. Remove the jammed staples
8. Remove the jammed staples, then push the clamp in the direction shown until it snaps into the locked position.
9. Return the staple cartridge to the booklet maker, then return the booklet maker to its original position.
Clearing Hole Punch Jams in Office Finisher LX
If the printer stops printing and reports a hole-punch jam, empty the hole-punch waste container. For details, refer to
Emptying the Hole Punch Waste Container .
After emptying the hole-punch waste container, locate and remove any paper jams.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
303
Print, Copy, and Scan Problems
Problems with the output quality of your printer can be a print-related, copy-related, or scan-related problem. A quick test can help you to identify where a problem lies.
To identify if a problem is print-related or scan-related, do the following:
1. Print the Getting Started guide.
a.
At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
b.
Touch Device , then touch Information Pages .
c.
Touch Getting Started , then touch Print .
d.
To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
2. Check the quality of the printed output.
3. If the print quality appears poor, the problem is print-related. Check for the symptom in the
Solving Print Quality Problems table.
4. If the print quality is good, the problem is likely to be scanner-related.
a.
Copy the Getting Started guide that you have printed.
b.
Check the quality of the copy output.
c.
For any symptom of poor print quality, refer to the Copy and Scan Problems table.
Your printer is designed to produce consistently high-quality prints. If you observe print-quality problems, use the information in this section to troubleshoot the problem. For more information, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
Caution: The Xerox ® Warranty and Service Agreement do not cover damage caused by the use of unsupported paper or special media.
Note:
• To ensure consistent print quality, the toner, print, and drum cartridges for many devices are designed to cease functioning at a predetermined point.
• Grayscale images printed with the composite black setting increment the color pages counter, because color consumables are used. Composite black is the default setting on most printers.
Various factors can affect the quality of the output of your printer. For consistent and optimum print quality, use paper designed for your printer, and correctly set the Print-Quality Mode and Color
Adjustments. Follow the guidelines in this section to maintain optimum print quality from your printer.
304 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Temperature and humidity affect the quality of the printed output. For details, see
Your printer is designed to use various paper and other media types. Follow the guidelines in this section for the best print quality and to avoid jams:
• Use only Xerox approved paper. For details, refer to
• Use only dry, undamaged paper.
Caution: Some paper and other media types can cause poor output quality, increased paper jams, or damage your printer. Do not use the following:
• Rough or porous paper
• Inkjet paper
• Non-laser glossy or coated paper
• Paper that has been photocopied
• Paper that has been folded or wrinkled
• Paper with cutouts or perforations
• Stapled paper
• Envelopes with windows, metal clasps, side seams, or adhesives with release strips
• Padded envelopes
• Plastic media
• Iron-on transfer paper
• Ensure the paper type selected in your print driver matches the paper type on which you are printing.
• If you have the same size paper loaded in more than one tray, ensure that the proper tray is selected in the print driver.
• Do not load more than one type, size, or weight of paper in the tray at a time.
• Store your paper and other media properly for optimum print quality. For details, refer to
Select the correct print-quality setting for your print job from the print driver. For instructions on setting the print quality, see
Printing . To control the print quality:
• Use the print-quality settings in the print driver to control print quality. If the print quality is not suitable, adjust the print-quality setting to an higher level.
• Use only Xerox approved paper. For details, refer to
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
305
For best printing results of mixed text, graphics, and images on a range of supported paper, set the
Color Correction to Xerox Automatic Color. For instructions on setting the Color Correction, refer to
. Follow these guidelines to control the Color Corrections and Color Adjustments:
• For best results on most paper, ensure that the Color Correction in the print driver is set to Xerox
Automatic Color . This is the recommended setting.
• To produce more vivid results, select a mode of Color Correction. For example, when printing graphics in which the sky does not look blue enough, for a more vibrant blue sky, select Vivid
Color .
• To match the color output to another output device, select a custom Color Correction.
• To apply different Color Corrections to Text and Graphics and Images, select Custom Automatic
Color . This feature provides custom color corrections using color systems such as RGB Color, CMYK
Color, Spot Color, or CIE Color.
• To adjust particular characteristics of the printed color, such as Lightness, Contrast, Saturation, and Color Casts, select Color Adjustments .
Your printer is designed to produce consistently high-quality prints. If you observe print-quality problems, use the information in this section to troubleshoot the problem. For more information, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
Caution: The Xerox ® Warranty and Service Agreement do not cover damage caused by the use of unsupported paper or special media.
Note: To enhance the print quality, the toner cartridges, print cartridges, and drum cartridges for many models are designed to cease functioning at a predetermined point.
Printing the Troubleshooting Print-Quality Pages
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device .
3. Touch Information Pages .
4. To print procedures on resolving print-quality problems, touch Troubleshooting Print Quality
Page , then touch Print .
5. Compare your print-quality problems to the examples on the pages.
Eliminating the Paper or Media as the Problem
Damaged or unsupported paper or media can cause print-quality problems even when the printer, application, and print driver are working perfectly. Use the following guidelines to eliminate the paper as the source of the print-quality problem:
• Make sure that the printer supports the paper or media.
• Make sure that the printer is loaded with undamaged, dry paper.
• If the condition of the paper or media is in doubt, replace it with new paper or media.
• Make sure that you have the proper tray selected in the print driver and from the control panel.
306 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
• Make sure that you have the correct paper type selected in the print driver and in the control panel of the printer.
Isolating the Problem to the Printer or to the Application
When you are sure that the paper is supported and in good condition, use the following steps to isolate the problem:
1. From the control panel of the printer, print the pages for Diagnosing Print Quality. For details, see
Printing the Troubleshooting Print-Quality Pages .
• If the pages printed properly, the printer is working properly and the print-quality problem is an application, print driver, or print server problem.
• If the pages still have print-quality problems, the problem is in the printer.
2. If the pages printed properly, see
Troubleshooting Print-Quality Problems in the Application, Print
.
3. If the pages still had print-quality issues, or did not print, see
.
Troubleshooting Print-Quality Problems in the Application, Print Driver, or Print Server
If the printer is printing properly from the control panel but you still have print-quality problems, the application, print driver, or print server could be the cause.
To isolate the problem:
1. Print a similar document from another application and look for the same print-quality problems.
2. If the document has the same print-quality problem, it is probably a print driver or print server problem. Check the print driver used for the print job.
a.
Navigate to the list of printers on your computer:
• For Windows Server 2008 and later, click Start > Settings > Printers .
• For Windows 7, click Start > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows 8, click Start > Control Panel > Devices and Printers .
• For Windows 10, click the Windows Start > Settings > Devices > Printers & Scanners .
Scroll to Related settings, then click Devices and printers .
Note: If you are using a custom Start Menu application, it can change the navigation path to your list of printers.
b.
Right-click on the name of the printer.
c.
From the drop-down list, select Properties .
• Ensure that the model name in the middle of the driver matches the model name of the printer.
• If the names do not match, install the proper print driver for the printer.
3. If the print driver is correct, to set the Print Quality Mode and Color Correction, refer to
.
• Set the Print-Quality mode to Standard or Enhanced.
• Set the Color Correction to Xerox ® Automatic Color.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
307
4. If the problem persists, delete then reinstall the print driver.
5. If the document printed without a print-quality problem, the application is probably the cause.
Restart your printer, restart the application, then print the document again. For more information, see
Restarting, Placing in Sleep Mode, or Powering Off the Printer
.
6. If the problem still persists, ensure that you are not printing through a print server. If the problem persists, for online support information, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
Troubleshooting Print-Quality Problems in the Printer
If you have print-quality problems when printing a Demo Page or the Configuration Report from the control panel, the problem is in the printer.
To find the source of the problem:
1. At the control panel, print the Troubleshooting Print-Quality Pages. For details, see
Troubleshooting Print-Quality Pages
.
2. If the prints are too light to see print details, verify the following:
• The printer is loaded with undamaged, dry supported paper.
• The toner levels of one or more of the toner cartridges is not too low.
3. If the pages are printed with a solid color, one or more of the drum cartridges could be defective.
Correct the problem before continuing.
4. If the colors of the pages do not match your expectations, run the control panel Print Calibration.
5. Compare the print-quality problems in your document to each of the examples in the
Troubleshooting Print-Quality Pages.
If you find a match in the Troubleshooting Print-Quality Pages, look in the Solutions column for the action to take to resolve the problem.
If the problem persists, for online support information, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
Performing the Print Calibration Procedure
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device .
3. Touch Tools .
4. Touch Troubleshooting > Calibration > Print Calibration > Next .
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to run the Print Calibration procedure.
308 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Print-Quality Problems and Solutions
Use the following table to find solutions to print-quality problems.
Note: At the printer control panel, press the Home button. Touch Device > Information Pages
> Troubleshooting Print Quality Page > Print .
Problem Solution
Smears, Smudges, and Streaks
Dark or light marks appear on your output.
Colors Look Wrong
Colors are off or look drastically wrong.
Run a print job consisting of several blank pages through the printer to remove toner accumulated on the fuser.
If the problem persists, print the test pages to help determine which component is causing the imagequality problem.
• If the defect occurs in one color only, replace the corresponding imaging unit.
• If the defect occurs in all colors and is visible on all the test pages, replace the fuser.
Repeating Spots or Lines
Spot or lines appear at regular intervals on the prints.
1 To identify the part of the printer that is causing the problem, print the Repeating Defects page. At the control panel, press the Home button, then touch Device > Tools > Troubleshooting >
Support Pages > Repeating Defects Page >
Print .
2 To identify the part responsible for the repeating spots or lines, follow the instructions on the
Repeating Defects page.
3 To correct the problem, replace the printer part identified on the Repeating Defects page.
1 Verify that the printer is on a solid, level, and flat surface.
2 Perform the Print Calibration procedure. At the control panel, press the Home button, then touch
Device > Tools > Troubleshooting > Calibration >
Print Calibration > Next , then follow the instructions.
Colors Too Light or Too Dark
The print or color density is too light, missing, or the background is foggy.
Xerox ®
1 Verify that the paper you are using is the correct type for the printer and is loaded properly. For details, see
.
2 Verify that the paper loaded in the tray matches the paper type selected at the control panel and in the print driver.
3 To print procedures on resolving print-quality problems, at the control panel, press the Home button. Touch Device > Information Pages >
Troubleshooting Print Quality Page > Print .
EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
309
Problem
Vertical White Lines or Streaks - One Color
Lines or streaks appear in one color of your output.
Toner Missing or Easy to Rub Off
Toner appears to be missing from the print or is easy to rub off.
Solution
If the Color Reference page looks correct, the printer is printing properly. Your application or incorrect settings in the print driver can be causing the print-quality problems.
4 If the Color Reference page did not print correctly, perform the Print Calibration procedure. At the control panel, press the Home button, then touch
Device > Tools > Troubleshooting > Calibration >
Print Calibration > Next , then follow the instructions.
1 Print the test pages to identify the affected color.
2 To clean the printhead lenses for the affected color, pull out the cleaning rod until it stops, then move it all the way in. Repeat three more times.
Then repeat this procedure for each affected color. For details, see
Note: To print procedures on resolving printquality problems, at the control panel, press the Home button, then touch Device >
Information Pages > Troubleshooting Print
Quality Page > Print .
1 Verify that the paper you are using is the correct type for the printer and is loaded properly. For details, see
.
2 Perform the Print Calibration procedure. At the control panel, press the Home button, then touch
Device > Tools > Troubleshooting > Calibration >
Print Calibration > Next , then follow the instructions.
3 At the control panel, select a heavier paper.
Note: Papers from lightest to heaviest are:
• For uncoated paper: Plain, Lightweight
Cardstock, Cardstock, and Heavyweight
Cardstock
• For coated paper: Lightweight Glossy
Cardstock, Glossy Cardstock, and
Heavyweight Glossy Cardstock.
If the copy or scan quality is poor, refer to the following table.
310 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Symptoms Solutions
Lines or streaks only present in copies made from the document feeder.
There is debris on the document glass. When scanning, the paper from the document feeder passes over the debris, creating lines or streaks. Clean all glass surfaces with a lint-free cloth.
Spots present in copies taken from the document glass.
There is debris on the document glass. When scanning, the debris creates a spot on the image.
Clean all glass surfaces with a lint-free cloth.
The reverse side of the original document is showing on the copy or scan.
Turn on Background Suppression.
Image is too light or too dark.
Adjust the Lighten/Darken or Contrast settings.
Colors are inaccurate.
Copy: Adjust the Color Balance settings.
Scan: Confirm the correct Original Type is set.
If the problem persists, for online support information, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
311
Fax Problems
If your printer cannot send and receive faxes, ensure that the printer is connected to an approved analog telephone line. The fax machine cannot send or receive faxes when it is connected directly to a digital telephone line without the use of an analog filter.
Note: If the fax connection is poor, transmit the fax at a lower rate. For the Starting Rate, select Forced (4800 bps).
Symptoms Probable Causes Solutions
The document is not feeding properly through the document feeder.
The document is scanned at an angle.
The fax received by the recipient is blurry.
The document is too thick, too thin, or too small.
Use the document glass.
The document feeder width guides are not adjusted to fit the width of the document.
Adjust the document feeder width guides so that they fit against the document.
The document is positioned incorrectly.
Position the document correctly.
The fax received by the recipient is blank.
There is a problem with one of the fax machines.
Make a copy to verify that the printer can make clean copies and prints. If the copy prints correctly, have the recipient verify that their fax machine is operating correctly.
The document was loaded incorrectly.
If using the document feeder, place the original document face up.
If using the document glass, place the original document face down.
Fax was not transmitted.
The document glass is dirty.
The text in the document is too light.
There is a problem with the telephone connection.
The fax number is wrong.
The telephone line is connected incorrectly.
Clean the document glass.
Adjust the resolution. Adjust the contrast.
Verify that the telephone line is working, then send the fax again.
Verify the fax number.
Verify the telephone line connection. If the telephone line is disconnected, connect it.
312 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Symptoms Probable Causes
There is a problem with the fax machine of the recipient.
Solutions
Contact the recipient.
The fax feature is not installed or is not enabled.
Server fax is enabled.
An access number is required to connect to an outside line.
Ensure that the fax feature is installed and enabled.
Ensure that server fax is disabled.
If the printer is connected to a
PBX system, it could be necessary to enter a number to access the outside telephone line.
The fax number needs a pause between the prefix for an outside line and the telephone number.
To insert a pause, touch the Dial
Pause button. A comma ( , ) appears in the corresponding location.
If the problem persists, for online support information, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
Symptoms
Probable Causes
The fax received by the recipient is blank.
There is a problem with the telephone connection or with the fax machine of the sender.
Solutions
Verify that the printer can make clean copies. If it can, have the sender fax the document again.
The printer answers the call but does not print the fax.
To increase available memory, delete stored jobs and wait for the existing jobs to complete.
The received fax size is reduced in size.
The paper supply in the printer does not match the document size sent.
Confirm the original size of the documents, then load the appropriate paper size in the printer.
Faxes are not received automatically.
The sender loaded the pages incorrectly.
The memory is full.
The printer is set to receive faxes manually.
The memory is full.
Contact the sender.
Set the printer to receive faxes automatically.
If the printer is out of paper, faxes and print jobs can deplete the printer of memory. Load paper
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
313
Symptoms Probable Causes Solutions and print the jobs stored in the memory.
The telephone line is connected incorrectly.
Verify the telephone line connection. If the telephone line is disconnected, connect it.
There is a problem with the fax machine of the sender.
Make a copy to verify that the printer can make clean copies and prints. If the copy prints correctly, have the recipient verify that their fax machine is operating correctly.
If the problem persists, for online support information, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
PPrriinnttiinngg FFaaxx RReeppoorrttss
You can print the following fax reports from the printer control panel:
• Activity Report
• Protocol Report
• Fax Address Book Report
• Options Report
• Pending Jobs Report
To print a fax report:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device .
3. Touch Tools .
4. Touch App Settings > Fax App .
5. Touch Print Fax Reports .
6. Touch the required report, then touch Print .
7. To return to the Device screen, touch X , then touch X again.
8. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
If the Print Fax Reports feature does not appear, contact your system administrator or refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.support.xerox.com
.
314 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Help
Xerox provides several automatic diagnostic utilities to help you maintain productivity and print quality.
Viieew
PPaanneell
When an error or warning condition occurs, the printer alerts you of the problem. A message appears on the control panel and the LED status light on the control panel flashes amber or red. Alerts inform you about printer conditions, such as low supplies or open doors that require your attention. Error messages warn you about printer conditions that prevent the printer from printing or degrade printing performance. If more than one condition occurs, only one appears on the control panel.
To view a complete list of active error and alert messages:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device .
3. Touch Notifications .
4. Touch Faults & Alerts , Alerts , or Faults .
5. To view details, touch a fault or alert.
6. To exit the Notifications screen, touch X .
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
When errors occur on the device, they are logged into an error history file by date, time, and associated fault code. You can use this list to identify trends and resolve problems.
To view the error history:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device .
3. Touch Notifications .
4. Touch Fault History .
5. To exit, touch X .
6. To exit the Notifications screen, touch X .
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
The Embedded Web Server is the administration and configuration software that is installed in the printer. It allows System Administrators to modify network and system settings on the printer remotely using a Web browser.
You can check the status of the printer, monitor paper and supply levels, and submit and track print
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
315
jobs. All these functions can be accessed from the convenience of your computer.
The Embedded Web Server requires:
• A TCP/IP connection between the printer and the network in Windows, Macintosh, UNIX, or Linux environments.
• TCP/IP and HTTP enabled in the printer.
• A network-connected computer with a Web browser that supports JavaScript.
The Online Support Assistant is a knowledge base that provides instructions and troubleshooting help to solve your printer problems. You can find solutions for print-quality problems, paper jams, software installation issues, and more.
To access the Online Support Assistant, go to www.support.xerox.com
.
Your printer has a set of information pages that you can print. These pages include configuration and font information, demonstration pages, and more.
To print an information page, select an option, then touch Print .
The following Information Pages are available:
Name
Configuration Report
Billing Summary
Getting Started
Troubleshooting Print Quality Page
Supplies Usage Page
Graphics Demo Page
Description
The Configuration Report provides printer information including the serial number, installed options, network settings, port setup, tray information, and more.
The Billing Summary Report provides information about the device and a detailed listing of the billing meters and sheet counts.
The Getting Started guide provides an overview of the key features of the printer.
The Troubleshooting Print Quality Page provides a list of common print-quality problems and tips to help solve them.
The Supplies Usage Page provides coverage information and part numbers for reordering supplies.
Print this page to check the quality of graphics.
316 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Name
PCL Font List
PostScript Font List
Description
The PCL Font List provides a printout of all PCL fonts that are available on the printer.
The PostScript Font List provides a printout of all
PostScript fonts that are available on the printer.
You can obtain more information about your printer from these sources:
Resource
Installation Guide
Getting Started guide
Other documentation for your printer
Recommended Media List
Location
Packaged with the printer.
Print from the control panel. For details, refer to
.
www.support.xerox.com
United States: https://www.xerox.com/downloads/ usa/en/supplies/rml/AltaLink_C8030_C8035_C8045_
C8055_RML.pdf
European Union: https://www.xerox.com/downloads/ europe/r/2017_05_AltaLinkC8030-C8055_Media_
List_Antalis_Xerox_May_2017.pdf
www.support.xerox.com
Technical support information for your printer, including online technical support, Online Support
Assistant, and print driver downloads.
Information Pages
Embedded Web Server information
Order supplies for your printer
A resource for tools and information, including interactive tutorials, printing templates, helpful tips, and customized features to meet your individual needs.
Local sales and Technical Customer Support
Print from the control panel. For details, refer to
.
In the Embedded Web Server, click Help .
www.xerox.com/supplies www.xerox.com/businessresourcecenter www.xerox.com/worldcontacts
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
317
Resource
Printer registration
Xerox ® Direct online store
Location www.xerox.com/register www.direct.xerox.com/
When you order supplies or contact Xerox for assistance, you need the serial number of your device.
You can obtain the serial number in several ways. To locate the serial number, print the Configuration
Report. You can view the serial number on the control panel or on the Embedded Web Server home page. The serial number is printed on a label that is affixed to the printer. To view the label, open the left side door.
For details on how to print the Configuration Report, refer to
To view the serial number on the control panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device .
3. Touch About .
The model, serial number, and software version is displayed.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
318 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
A
Specifications
This appendix contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
319
Printer Configurations and Options
SSttaannddaarrdd FFeeaattuurreess
The printer provides the following features:
• Copy, Print, Email, Scan, Internet Fax, and Server Fax
• Scan to USB and Print from USB mass storage devices
• Scan to Mailbox, Scan to Network, Scan to Home, Single Touch Scan
• Searchable PDF, Single or Multiple-Page PDF, XPS, or TIFF, Encrypted or Password-Protected PDF, and Linearized PDF or PDF/A file formats
• Copy speed of up to 55 ppm for color or black and white on A4 (210 x 297 mm) or Letter (8.5 x 11 in.) paper
• 1200 x 2400-dpi HiQ LED imaging and copying quality
• Copy document sizes up to A3 (297 x 420 mm) or Tabloid (11 x 17 in.)
• Print document size, with short-edge feed, up to SRA3 (320 x 450 mm) or 12 x 19 in.
• Automatic 2-sided printing
• Duplex Automatic Document Feeder
• Color touch screen control panel
• Trays 1–2 each with 520-sheet capacities
• Tray 5 (Bypass Tray) with 100-sheet capacity
• 3-Tray Module (Trays 2–4) each with 520-sheet capacities
• High-Capacity Tandem Tray Module (Trays 3–4) with total 2000 A4 (210 x 297 mm) or Letter (8.5
x 11 in.) sheet capacity
• 2-GB memory plus 1-GB page memory
• Internal 250-GB hard drive
• Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-TX
• High-Speed USB 2.0 direct print
• Adobe ® PostScript ® and PCL ® fonts and support
• Xerox ® Global Print Driver and Xerox ® Pull Print Driver support
• Automated supplies replenishment and management using Xerox ® MeterAssistant ® , Xerox ®
SuppliesAssistant ® , and Maintenance Assistant
• Remote driver installation
• Remote Control Panel and Configuration Cloning
• Bonjour, SSDP, and SAP device discovery
• Unified Address Book
• Xerox ® Standard Accounting
• Encrypted Secure Print, Secure Fax, Secure Scan, Secure Email
320 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
• McAfee data security
• HDD Overwrite, AES 256-bit Encryption that is FIPS 140-2 compliant, SHA-256 Hash Message
Authentication
• Xerox ® Extensible Interface Platform
• Xerox ® Earth Smart Driver Settings
• Embedded Web Server
• Xerox ® CentreWare ® Web
• Email Alerts
• Support for mobile printing, mobile printing connectivity, and mobile apps
• Xerox ® App Gallery supported
• Xerox ® Copier Assistant
• NFC printing
• Support for Mopria
• Support for AirPrint
• Support for Google Cloud Print ™
• Integrated Office Finisher
• Office Finisher LX
• Booklet Maker for Office Finisher LX
• Hole Punch for Office Finisher LX
• Business Ready Finisher with 2/3 or 2/4 hole punch
• Business Ready Booklet Maker Finisher with 2/3 or 2/4 hole punch
• CZ folder for Business Ready Finisher or Business Booklet Maker Finisher
• Swedish Hole Punch
• Envelope tray
• High-Capacity Feeder (Tray 6) with 2000-sheet capacity
• Convenience stapler and work surface
• One-Line and Dual-Line Fax Kits
• Fax forward to Email or SMB
• EFI ™ Fiery ® Network Server
• Embedded PDL support for XPS
• Xerox Secure Access Unified ID System
• Xerox ® Common Access Card Enablement Kit
• Xerox ® Network Accounting Enablement
• Wireless Network Adapter
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
321
• Wi-Fi Direct with optional Wireless Network Adapter
• Foreign Device Interface
• McAfee Integrity Control Enablement Kit and McAfee enhanced security features
• XPS Print Option Kit
• Smart Card Enablement Kit
• Xerox ® Integrated RFID Card Reader E1.0
• Unicode print
• Xerox ® Scan to PC Desktop ® Professional
Output Device
Left Tray
Stacking Tray
Integrated Office
Finisher
Capacity
100 sheets
Sizes
Weights
All supported sizes All supported weights
250 sheets All supported sizes All supported weights
Stacking: 500 sheets A4, 8.5 x 11 in. or 250 sheets
A3, 11 x 17 in.
89 x 98 mm to A3
7.2 x 8.3 in. to 11 x
17 in.
60–256 g/m²
Office Finisher LX Stacking: 2000 sheets unstapled,
1000 sheets singlestapled, or 250 sheets dual-stapled
182 x 210 mm to
A3
3.5 x 3.9 in. to 11 x
17 in.
60–256 g/m²
Office Finisher LX with Booklet Maker
Stacking: 2000 sheets unstapled,
1000 sheets singlestapled, or 250 sheets dual-stapled
182 x 210 mm to
A3
3.5 x 3.9 in. to 11 x
17 in.
60–256 g/m²
Booklet Tray: 40 booklets, 2–15 sheets per booklet
A4 SEF (Short-Edge
Feed), Letter SEF,
B4 SEF, Legal SEF,
A3 SEF, 11 x 17 in.
SEF
Finishing
Options
NA
NA
Single stapling: 50 sheets A4, 8.5 x 11 in. or 30 sheets of
80 g/m² Legal, B4,
A3, 11 x 17 in.
Multiple-position stapling: 50 sheets
Hole Punch:
Optional 2–3 or 2–
4 Hole Punch
Multiple-position stapling: 50 sheets
Hole Punch:
Optional 2–3 or 2–
4 Hole Punch
Saddle-stapling: 2–
15 sheets of 60–90 g/m²
Score/Crease: 1–15 sheets unstapled
322 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Output Device
Business Ready
Finisher
Business Ready
Finisher with
Booklet Maker
CZ Fold Unit
Convenience
Stapler
Capacity
Sizes
Weights
Top Tray: 500 sheets
Stacking: 3000 sheets unstapled,
200 sets singleposition stapled or
100 sets multipleposition stapled sheets, dual-stapled
Stacking: A6–A3
4.25 x 5.85 in. to 11 x 17 in.
Stapling: B5–A3
7.25 x 10.5 in. to 11 x 17 in.
60–300 g/m²
Offset Catch Tray:
500 sheets
Stacking: 1500 sheets unstapled,
200 sets singleposition, dual, or 4position stapled or
100 stapled sets A3 or 11 x 17 in.
Stacking: A6–A3
4.25 x 5.85 in. to 11 x 17 in.
Stapling: B5–A3
7.25 x 10.5 in. to 11 x 17 in.
60–300 g/m²
40 sheets C-Fold, Z-Fold: A4,
Letter SEF
Z-Half Fold: A3, 11 x 17 in
64–90 g/m²
NA Any supported size Any supported weight
Finishing
Options
Single-position and multiple-position stapling: 50 sheets
Hole Punch:
Optional 2–3, 2–4, or Swedish 4-Hole
Punch
Single-position and multiple-position stapling: 50 sheets
Hole Punch:
Optional 2–3, 2–4, or Swedish 4-Hole
Punch
C-Fold, Z-Fold, and
Z-Half Fold
50 sheets
Note: Sheet quantities for tray capacities and finishing options are based on 80 g/m².
Quantities are reduced for heavier media and must be within the specified weight range.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
323
Physical Specifications
• Width: 640 mm (25.2 in.)
• Depth: 732 mm (28.8 in.)
• Height: 1149 mm (45.2 in.)
• Weight: 151.9 Kg (334.8 lb.)
• Width : 705 mm (27.8 in.)
• Depth : 732 mm (28.8 in.)
• Height : 1149 mm (45.2 in.)
• Weight : 158 Kg (348.3 lb.)
Coonnffiigguurraattiioonn w
Maakkeerr
• Width: 1242 mm (48.8 in.)
• Depth: 732 mm (28.8 in.)
• Height: 1149 mm (45.2 in.)
• Weight: 183 Kg (403.4 lb.)
• Width: 1302 mm (51.3 in.)
• Depth: 732 mm (28.8 in.)
• Height: 1149 mm (45.2 in.)
• Weight: 195.6 Kg (430.4 lb.)
Coonnffiigguurraattiioonn w
B
• Width: 1431.4 mm (56.4 in.)
• Depth: 732 mm (28.8 in.)
• Height: 1149 mm (45.2 in.)
• Weight: 212.3 Kg (467.1 lb.)
324 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Coonnffiigguurraattiioonn w
M
• Width: 1664.2 mm (65.5 in.)
• Depth: 732 mm (28.8 in.)
• Height: 1149 mm (45.2 in.)
• Weight: 264.4 Kg (581.7 lb.)
Coonnffiigguurraattiioonn w
Maakkeerr,, C
• Width: 1978.2 mm (77.9 in.)
• Depth: 732 mm (28.8 in.)
• Height: 1149 mm (45.2 in.)
• Weight: 297.5 Kg (654.5 lb.)
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
325
326 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
327
Environmental Specifications
Operating: 10–28°C (50–83°F)
Operating: 15% to 85% (non-condensing)
EElleevvaattiioonn
For optimum performance, use the printer at elevations below 2500m (8200ft.).
328 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Electrical Specifications
Power Supply Voltage
110–127 VAC +/-10%
Frequency
50 Hz +/- 3 Hz
60 Hz +/- 3 Hz
Current Required
15 A
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
329
Performance Specifications
PPrriinnttiinngg RReessoolluuttiioonn
Maximum Resolution: 1200 x 2400 dpi
PPrriinntt SSppeeeedd
Xerox reports speeds for continuous printing using long-edge feed on A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.27 x 11.69
in.) or Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.) Bond 60–105 g/m² (18–28 lb.) paper from any tray except for tray 5.
Several factors affect print speed:
• Paper orientation: For faster print speeds, you can load paper long-edge feed.
• Paper size: Letter (8.5 x 11 in.) and A4 (210 x 297 mm) sizes share the fastest print speed.
• Paper weight: Lightweight prints faster than heavier paper, such as Cardstock and Labels.
• Paper type: Plain prints faster than Glossy.
You can achieve maximum print speed when you print on Plain, Letter/A4 paper, using long-edge feed.
The slowest print speed is approximately 13 ppm when you print from tray 5 using large size,
Heavyweight Glossy Cardstock.
330 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact
Information
For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox product and supplies, contact in the United States and Canada: 1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376).
For product safety information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/about-xerox/ environment/enus.html
.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
331
332 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
B
Regulatory Information
This appendix contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
333
Basic Regulations
Xerox has tested this printer to electromagnetic emission and immunity standards. These standards are designed to mitigate interference caused or received by this printer in a typical office environment.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If it is not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, it may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his/her own expense.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Changes or modifications to this equipment not approved by Xerox can void the authority of the user to operate this equipment.
Note: To ensure compliance with Part 15 of the FCC rules, use shielded interface cables.
Most Xerox products have duplex printing, also known as 2-sided printing, capability. This enables you to print on both sides of the paper automatically, and therefore helps to reduce the use of valuable resources by reducing your paper consumption. The Lot 4 Imaging Equipment agreement requires that on models greater than or equal to 40 ppm color or greater than or equal to 45 ppm monochrome the duplex function has been auto-enabled, during the setup and driver installation.
Some Xerox models below these speed bands may also be enabled with 2-sided printing settings defaulted on at the time of install. Continuing to use the duplex function will reduce the environmental impact of your work. However, should you require simplex/1-sided printing, you may change the print settings in the print driver.
PPaappeerr TTyyppeess
This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper, approved to an environmental stewardship scheme, which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. Lighter weight paper (60 g/m²), which contains less raw material and thus saves resources per print, may be used in certain applications. We encourage you to check if this is suitable for your printing needs.
334 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
The ENERGY STAR program is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models, which help to reduce environmental impact.
Details on the ENERGY STAR program and models qualified to ENERGY STAR can be found at the following website: www.energystar.gov
.
The ENERGY STAR and ENERGY STAR mark are registered United States trademarks.
The ENERGY STAR Imaging Equipment Program is a team effort between United
States, European Union, and Japanese governments and the office equipment industry to promote energy-efficient copiers, printers, fax, multifunction printers, personal computers, and monitors. Reducing product energy consumption helps combat smog, acid rain, and long-term changes to the climate by decreasing the emissions that result from generating electricity.
The amount of electricity that a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This device is designed and configured to enable you to reduce your electricity usage.
Power Saver modes are enabled on your device to reduce energy consumption. After the last print, the device transitions to Ready mode. In this mode, the device can print again immediately. If the device is not used for a specified period, the device transitions to Sleep mode. In these modes, to enable reduced-power consumption, only essential functions remain active. The device takes longer to produce the first print after it exits the Power Saver modes than it takes to print in Ready mode. This delay is the result of the system waking up and is typical of most imaging devices on the market.
To save power, you can enable Auto Power Off mode on your device. If Auto Power Off mode is enabled, you can configure the mode as follows:
• Always Allowed : The device powers off automatically after the specified time and the Sleep mode timeout has elapsed.
• Allowed ONLY When Conditions are Met : The device automatically powers off only after timeouts have elapsed. The device also powers off if Fax, USB Drive, and Wired and Non-Wired
Network have not been activated.
To change the Power Saver settings, refer to the User Guide . For further assistance, contact your
System Administrator or refer to the System Administrator Guide .
To enable Auto Power Off mode, contact your System Administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide .
To learn more about Xerox participation in sustainability initiatives, go to: www.xerox.com/aboutxerox/environment/enus.html
or www.xerox.co.uk/about-xerox/environment/engb.html
.
Note: Changing the default Power Saver activation times can result in an overall higher energy consumption of the device. Before you turn off Power Saver modes or set a long activation time, consider the increase in device power consumption.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
335
This device is ENERGY STAR ® -qualified under the ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Imaging
Equipment. The transition time from Ready mode to Sleep mode can be set up to 30 minutes. The default value is 0 minutes.
To change the Power Saver settings, refer to the User Guide . For further assistance, contact your
System Administrator, or refer to the System Administrator Guide .
RReegguullaattoorryy IInnffoorrm
Addaapptteerr
This product contains a 2.4 GHz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module which complies with the requirements specified in FCC Part 15, Industry Canada RSS-210 and European Council Directive 99/
5/EC.
Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications to this device not specifically approved by the Xerox Corporation may void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
This printer produces ozone during normal operation. The amount of ozone produced is dependent on copy volume. Ozone is heavier than air and is not produced in amounts large enough to harm anyone.
Install the printer in a well-ventilated room.
For more information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/about-xerox/ environment/enus.html
. In other markets, please contact your local Xerox representative or go to www.xerox.co.uk/about-xerox/environment/engb.html
.
336 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Copy Regulations
Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such reproductions.
1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:
• Certificates of Indebtedness.
• National Bank Currency.
• Coupons from Bonds.
• Federal Reserve Bank Notes.
• Silver Certificates.
• Gold Certificates.
• United States Bonds.
• Treasury Notes.
• Federal Reserve Notes.
• Fractional Notes.
• Certificates of Deposit.
• Paper Money.
• Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA and so on.
• Bonds. United States Savings Bonds may be photographed only for publicity purposes in connection with the campaign for the sale of such bonds.
• Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a canceled revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is performed for lawful purposes.
• Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be photographed, provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75% or more than 150% of the linear dimensions of the original.
• Postal Money Orders.
• Bills, Checks, or Drafts of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.
• Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or may be issued under any Act of Congress.
• Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.
2. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.
3. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the reproduction falls within the “fair use” or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright law. Further information of these provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of
Congress, Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
337
4. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be photographed.
5. Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.
6. Immigration papers.
7. Draft Registration Cards.
8. Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following Registrant’s information:
• Earnings or Income.
• Court Record.
• Physical or mental condition.
• Dependency Status.
• Previous military service.
• Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.
9. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of the various Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, and so on (unless photograph is ordered by the head of such department or bureau).
Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:
• Automobile Licenses.
• Drivers’ Licenses.
• Automobile Certificates of Title.
The preceding list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your attorney.
For more information about these provisions contact the Copyright Office, Library of Congress,
Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.
Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such reproductions.
• Current bank notes or current paper money
• Obligations or securities of a government or bank
• Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper
• The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or of a court of law
• Proclamations, orders, regulations, or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely cause same to purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent printer for a province)
• Marks, brands, seals, wrappers, or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of a province, the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission, or
338 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
agency established by the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state other than Canada
• Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or of a province or by the government of a state other than Canada
• Documents, registers, or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing certified copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof
• Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright or trademark owner
This list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.
Copying certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those found guilty of making such reproductions.
• Currency notes
• Bank notes and checks
• Bank and government bonds and securities
• Passports and identification cards
• Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner
• Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments
This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, contact your legal counsel.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
339
Fax Regulations
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.
For instructions on programming the Fax Send Header information, refer to the section of the System
Administrator Guide on Setting Transmission Defaults.
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the
Administrative Council for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the cover of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the Telephone Company.
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It connects to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details.
You can safely connect the printer to the following standard modular jack: USOC RJ-11C using the compliant telephone line cord (with modular plugs) provided with the installation kit. See installation instructions for details.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that can be connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line could result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that can be connected to a line, as determined by the RENs, contact the local Telephone Company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (for example, 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label.
To order the correct service from the local Telephone Company, you could also have to quote the codes in the following list:
• Facility Interface Code (FIC) = 02LS2
• Service Order Code (SOC) = 9.0Y
Caution: Ask your local Telephone Company for the modular jack type installed on your line.
Connecting this machine to an unauthorized jack can damage telephone company equipment.
You, not Xerox, assume all responsibility and/or liability for any damage caused by the connection of this machine to an unauthorized jack.
340 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
If this Xerox ® equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company could temporarily discontinue service to the telephone line to which it is connected. If advance notice is not practical, the Telephone Company notifies you of the disconnection as soon as possible. If the
Telephone Company interrupts your service, they can advise you of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe that it is necessary.
The Telephone Company could change its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures which could affect the operation of the equipment. If the Telephone Company changes something that affects the operation of the equipment, they should notify you in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.
If you experience trouble with this Xerox ® equipment, please contact the appropriate service center for repair or warranty information. Contact information is contained in the Device app on the printer and in the back of the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide . If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company may request you to disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved.
Only a Xerox Service Representative or an authorized Xerox Service provider are authorized to make repairs to the printer. This applies at any time during or after the service warranty period. If unauthorized repair is performed, the remainder of the warranty period is null and void.
This equipment must not be used on party lines. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for information.
Your office could have specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line. Make sure that the installation of this Xerox ® equipment does not disable your alarm equipment.
If you have questions about what could disable alarm equipment, consult your Telephone Company or a qualified installer.
This product meets the applicable Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada technical specifications.
A representative designated by the supplier should coordinate repairs to certified equipment. Repairs or alterations made by the user to this device, or device malfunctions, could cause the telecommunications company to request you to disconnect the equipment.
For user protection, make sure that the printer is properly grounded. The electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe systems, if present, must be connected together. This precaution could be vital in rural areas.
Caution: Do not attempt to make such connections yourself. Contact the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, to make the ground connection.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) indicates the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices not exceed five.
For the Canadian REN value, please refer to the label on the equipment.
This product has been tested to and is compliant with CS–03 issue 9.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
341
Safety Certification
This device is certified by the following agencies using the following safety standards.
Agency
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (US/Canada)
Standard
UL 60950-1, 2nd Edition, 2014-10-14
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-07, 2nd Edition, 2014-
10
342 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Material Safety Data Sheets
For Material Safety Data information regarding your printer, go to North America: www.xerox.com/ safety-data .
For the Customer Support Center phone numbers, go to www.xerox.com/worldcontacts .
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
343
344 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
C
Recycling and Disposal
This appendix contains:
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
345
All Countries
If you are managing the disposal of your Xerox product, please note that the printer may contain lead, mercury, perchlorate, and other materials whose disposal may be regulated due to environmental considerations. The presence of these materials is fully consistent with global regulations applicable at the time that the product was placed on the market. For recycling and disposal information, contact your local authorities. Perchlorate Material: This product may contain one or more Perchlorate-containing devices, such as batteries. Special handling may apply. For more information, go to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate .
346 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
North America
Xerox operates an equipment take-back and reuse/recycle program. Contact your Xerox representative (1-800-ASK-XEROX) to determine if this Xerox product is part of the program. For more information about Xerox environmental programs, visit www.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment , or for recycling and disposal information, contact your local authorities.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
347
Battery Removal
Batteries should only be replaced by a manufacturer-approved service facility.
348 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Other Countries
Please contact your local waste management authority to request disposal guidance.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
349
350 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
D
Product Symbols
This appendix contains:
Symbol Description
Warning:
Indicates a hazard that can result in serious injury or death if not avoided.
Hot Surface:
Hot surface on or in the printer. To avoid personal injury, use caution.
Warning:
Moving parts. To avoid personal injury, use caution.
Caution:
Indicates a mandatory action to take to avoid damage to the property.
Do not touch the part or area of the printer.
Do not touch this part of the printer.
Do not touch the part or area of the printer.
Do not expose the drum cartridges to direct sunlight.
Do not burn the item.
Do not burn the toner cartridges.
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
351
Symbol Description
Do not burn the drum cartridges.
Do not burn the toner waste cartridge.
Pinch Hazard:
To avoid personal injury, use caution in this area.
Pinch Hazard:
To avoid personal injury, use caution in this area.
Do not remove the paper forcefully.
Hot Surface:
Before handling, wait for the time indicated.
On
Off
Standby
Do not use paper attached with staples or any form of binding clip.
Do not use folded, creased, curled, or wrinkled paper.
352 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Symbol
Description
Do not load or use inkjet paper.
Do not reload paper that is used or printed previously.
Unlock
Paper clip
Cooling
Elapsed time
Supply paper
Do not use postcards.
Do not use envelopes.
Do not copy money.
Add paper or media.
Paper jam
Lock
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
353
Symbol Description
1-Sided original document
Hole-punched paper
Transparency
Load letterhead face up.
Load letterhead face down.
Load labels face down.
USB:
Universal Serial Bus
LAN:
Local Area Network
Telephone Line
Weight
Home button
This item can be recycled.
354 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Apps Features
This appendix contains:
E
Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
355
Feature
Output Color
2-Sided Copying and 2-Sided
Scanning
Paper Supply
Collation
Description Copy
Use Output Color to control the color rendering of the output image or print.
•
You can use the 2-Sided options to set the device to scan one or both sides of an original document. For Copy jobs, you can specify 1-Sided or
2-Sided output.
•
Use Paper Supply to specify the size, type and color of the paper required, or the Paper
Tray to use. If Auto is selected, the printer chooses the paper tray based on the original document size and the selected settings.
•
You can collate multiple-page copy jobs automatically. For example, when making three
1-Sided copies of a six-page document, the copies are printed in this order:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
•
Email Fax
•
• •
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
• • •
• • •
•
Feature
Finishing
Reduce / Enlarge
Original Type
Contrast
Lighten / Darken
Description Copy
If finishing options are available, use this option to choose the finishing options required for your printed output.
•
You can reduce the image to as little as 25% of its original size or enlarge it as much as 400%.
Use Proportional % to maintain original proportions when resizing, or use
Independent % to adjust the width and length of the image by different percentages.
•
The printer optimizes the image quality of the copies based on the type of images in the original document and how the original was created.
•
You can use the Contrast feature to adjust the variation between light and dark areas of the image.
•
Use the Lighten/Darken slider to make the output image or print lighter or darker.
•
Email Fax
•
•
•
•
•
•
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Feature
Sharpness
Saturation
Color Presets
Color Balance
Original
Orientation
Description Copy
Use this option to sharpen the output image or print. For best results, sharpen text images and soften photos.
•
Saturation allows you to adjust the color strength and the amount of gray in the color.
Note: This feature is not available when Output
Color is set to Black and
White or Grayscale.
•
You can adjust the color of the copy using preset color effects.
For example, you can adjust colors to be brighter or cooler.
•
If you have a color original image, you can adjust the balance of the printing colors between cyan, magenta, yellow, and black before printing your copy.
•
You can use the Original
Orientation option to specify the layout of the original images that you scan. The printer uses the information to
•
Email Fax
• •
•
•
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
• •
•
•
•
•
•
Feature
Image Shift
Auto Background
Suppression
Edge Erase
Original Size
Book Copying
Description determine if images require rotation to produce the desired output.
Copy
Image Shift allows you to modify the location of the image on the page. You can shift the printed image along the X and Y axes of each sheet of paper.
•
Use the Auto Background
Suppression setting to reduce the sensitivity of the printer to variations in light background colors.
•
You can erase content from the edges of your images using the
Edge Erase feature. You can specify the amount to erase on the right, left, top, and bottom edges.
•
To ensure that you are scanning the correct area of the documents, specify the original document size.
•
You can use the Book Copying feature to copy books,
•
Email Fax
•
•
•
•
•
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Feature
Mirror Image
Negative Image
Special Pages
Annotations
Booklet Creation
Description magazines, or other bound documents.
Use Mirror Image to reverse the image and text on the page.
Copy
•
Negative Image reverses the light and dark areas in your document, and print it as though it were a photo negative. Printing a negative image is useful for documents that have a substantial amount of dark background or light text and images.
•
Special Pages is used to add covers and inserts to your job.
You can specify exception pages to print on different paper than the main body of the job. You can also program
Chapter start pages.
•
You can add Annotations, such as page numbers and the date, to your copies.
•
The Booklet Creation feature prints two pages on each side
•
Email Fax
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
Feature
Page Layout
Sample Job
Transparency
Separators
Description of the paper. The pages are reordered so that they are in numerical order when folded.
Copy
You can print the selected number of pages on one side of a sheet of paper. Selecting multiple pages per sheet saves paper and provides a way to review the layout of a document.
•
Sample Job allows you to print a test copy of a job to inspect before printing multiple copies.
This feature is useful for complex or high-volume jobs.
After you print and inspect the test copy, you can choose to print or cancel the remaining copies.
•
Use Transparency Separators to add blank sheets of paper between each printed transparency. The size and orientation of the separators must be the same as the transparencies.
•
Email Fax
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
Feature
Build Job
Save Current
Settings
Retrieve Current
Settings
Quantity
Resolution
Description Copy
Use Build Job for jobs that include a variety of original documents requiring different settings, or for scanning multiple-page jobs from the document glass. The job is scanned in segments. After all the segments are scanned, the job is processed and completed.
•
To use a particular combination of copy settings for future copy jobs, you can save the settings with a name and retrieve them for later use.
•
You can retrieve and use any previously saved copy settings for current jobs.
•
Use this option to enter the number of required ID card copies.
Resolution determines how fine or grainy graphic images appear. Image resolution is measured in dots per inch (dpi).
Email Fax
• •
• •
Server
Fax
•
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
• •
• • •
•
Feature
Remove Blank
Pages
From
Reply To
Message
Quality / File Size
Description
Remove Blank Pages configures the printer to ignore blank pages.
Use the From option to specify the originator of the email.
Note: The system administrator can preset this option to populate automatically with your user account details.
Use the Reply To option to include an email address you want the recipient to reply to.
This option is useful if you want the recipient to reply to your email address rather than to the device.
Note: The system administrator can preset this option.
Use Message to enter information to accompany the email.
The Quality/File Size option lets you choose from three settings that balance the quality of the
Copy
Email Fax
•
•
•
•
•
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
•
•
•
•
• •
Feature
Description image and the size of the file.
Higher quality images result in larger file sizes, which are not ideal for sharing and transmitting over the network.
Copy
File Format
If File Already
Exists
Use the File Format option to specify the format of the saved image or to define a searchable image. You can add a password to protect the image or choose to combine multiple images into a single file.
Use the If File Already Exists option to define what action the device takes when the file name is used already.
File and
Attachment
Use the File and Attachment option to specify a name for the file containing the scanned images.
Acknowledgement
Report
You can request to print a report to confirm that each recipient has received the scanned file. The report contains delivery status information.
Email Fax
•
•
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
•
•
•
•
•
•
Feature
Description
Note: The report depends on recipient response time.
Update Workflows Use Update Workflows to refresh the list of workflows displayed at the control panel.
Add File
Destinations
Book Faxing
Use this option to choose more destinations for filing the scanned images.
You can use the Book Faxing feature to scan images from books, magazines, or other bound documents for faxing.
Reduce / Split
Confirmation
Report
Use the Reduce/Split option to specify how your faxed document is printed on the receiving fax machine. If the image is too large to fit on the paper size, you can reduce the image to fit or split across multiple pages.
You can request a report to confirm if your fax has been received. To receive a
Confirmation Report only if an
Copy
Email Fax
•
•
•
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
•
•
Feature
Description error occurred during transmission, choose Print on
Error Only.
Starting Rate
Cover Sheet
Select the highest starting rate for transmitting the fax, unless the destination for the fax you are sending has special requirements. Forced (4800 bps) is the recommended setting for lines that may have transmission interference.
You can use the Cover Sheet option to add an introduction page to the beginning of your fax. You can add a short comment to the cover sheet, and To and From details.
Send Header Text It is unlawful to send a message from a fax machine without the proper
Transmission Header Text.
Ensure that the name and telephone number of the sender, and the date and time of the transmission are included on all faxes.
Delay Send You can set a time in the future for the printer to send your fax
Copy
Email Fax
•
•
•
•
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
•
Feature
Polling
Mailboxes
Description job. You can delay the sending of your fax job for up to 24 hours.
Fax Polling allows you to store a fax document on the printer and make it available for other fax machines to poll. You can retrieve faxes stored on other fax machines. To use this feature, both the polling printer and the remote printer must have the Polling feature.
Copy
Use the Fax Mailboxes option to store faxes that have been retrieved from a remote fax machine, or to store faxes for retrieval by a remote fax machine. The mailbox number is required to access a mailbox.
You can set a passcode to secure confidential documents.
Email Fax
•
•
Server
Fax
Internet Fax
Workflow
Scanning/
Scan To
ID Card
Copy
368 Xerox ® EC8036/EC8056 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
advertisement
Key Features
- Color multifunction
- High-volume printing
- Customizable workflows
- Secure printing
- Mobile printing
- Embedded web server
- Xerox App Gallery